HomeMy WebLinkAbout041-360-0430
-7-1
041-36-0-043 93-3223 P,E
SETTLES; 'JODY
13&�
O;
315 RED TAPE RD;"OROVILLE t:
A
MHU
041-36-0-043 :-93-33-741 MH!'
JERRY, RON & SUSAN
315 RED TAPE RD, OROVILLE
MHI
041-360-043 02-0144
KI �y
315 RED TAPE, ILb.
'
ONT: SKYCREST ENT
)7 SKYC
CONT:
�S
NEW14. V. X
EW MH-1EX SITE PERM FND
B07 -I242 041-36 0-043'
MISCELLANEOUS . Electric Panel
ELECTRIC SERVICE UP GRADE
315 RED TAPE
KIRK, LARRY I - G .
D
` - _
f 'y ,� � � I
I•,
i ( �'.
BUTTE COUNTY AREA
DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 2
INSPECTION CARD MUST BE ON JOB SITE
24 Hour Inspection Line: (530) 538-7636 (Oroville) (530) 891-2834 (Chico)
Office: (530) 538-7541 Fax: (530) 538-2140 Website: www.buttecounty.net/dds
Permit No: B07-1242
Issued: 06/07/2007
Address: 315 RED TAPE RD
Area: OROVILLE
Owner: KIRK, LARRY
APN: 041-360-043
Applicant: KIRK, LARRY
Map Page:
Permit Type: Electric Panel
114
Description: ELECTRIC SERVICE UP GRADE
Flood Zone: None SRA Area: Yes
SETBACKS
Front Setback: Side Setback:
Rear Setback: Other Setback:
Minimum Setback From Centerline of Street:
ALL PLAN REVISIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE COUNTY BEFORE PROCEEDING
Inspection Type
IVR INSP DATE
Setbacks
132
Foundations / Footings
111
Pier/Column Footings
122
Grade Beams
114
Eufer Ground
216
Forms/Steel/Holdowns
122
Do Not Pour Concrete Until Above are Signed
-1-OFFICE COPY
r
Address_
GAS
Meter By Date
ELECTRIC
Meter By Date6
TCiasYtpirlg
- M
- `M
-
M
M
Do Not Install Floor Sheathing or Slab Until Above Signed
Holdowns/Straps
122
Shearwall/B.W.P.-Interior
135
ShearwalUB.W.P.-Exterior
135
Roof Nail/Drag Trusses
129
Do Not Install Siding/Stucco or Roofing Until Above Signed
Rough Framing
128
Rough Plumbing
406
Rough Mechanical
316
Rough Electrical
208
Gas Piping
403
Shower Pan/Tub Test
408
Fire Sprinkler Test
702
Fire Sprinkler Final
702
Building Final
802
Electrical Final
803
Mechanical Final
809
Plumbing Final
813
Pool Final
802
Mobile Home Final
802
Inspection Type I
IVR I INSP DATE
Do Not Insulate Until Above Signed
Wall Insulation
117
Ceiling Insulation
118
Do Not Cover Until Above Signed
T -Bar Ceiling / RC
145
Stucco Lath
142
Stucco Scratch
143
Stucco Brown
144
Swimming Pools
Setbacks
132
Pool Plumbing Test
504
Gas Test
404
Pre-Gunute
506
Pool ElecBonding/Light Nitch
502
Pool Fencing/Alarms/Barriers
503
Pre -Plaster
507
Manufactured Homes
Setbacks
132
Blocking/Underpining
612
Tiedown/Foundation System
611
Site Utilities/Trench Insp.
137
Gas Test Yard
404
Manometer Test
605
Continuity Test
602
Skirting/Steps/Landings
610
Coach Info
Manufactures Name:
Date of Manufacture:
Model Name/Number:
Serial Numbers:
Length x Width:
Insignia:
Public Works Fina
538-7681
Fire Department/CDF
538-6837 cxt 169
Env. Health Final
538-7281
Sewer District Final
"PROJECT FINAL
801
-rrulecc anal is a cern nate m vccupancy rorjmesiaennai unly)
PERMITS BECOME NULL AND VOID 1 YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ISSUANCE. IF WORK HAS COMMENCED, YOU MAY PAY FOR A 1 YEAR
RENEWAL 30 DAYS PRIOR TO EXPIRATION
Inspector Copy
I
BUTTE COUNTY
DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
BUILDING PERMIT
24 HOUR INSPECTION #:(530) 538-7636 (OROVILLE) (530) 891-2834 (CHICO)
OFFICE #:(530) 538-7541 FAX#: (530) 538-2140
WEBSITE: www.buttecounty.net\dds
PROJECT INFORMATION
Site Address: 315 RED TAPE RD
Owner:
Permit No: B07-1242
APN: 041-360-043
KIRK, LARRY
Issued Date: 06/07/2007 By TMP
Permit type: MISCELLANEOUS
315 RED TAPE RD
Subtype: Electric Panel
OROVILLE, CA 95965
Expiration Date: 06/06/2008
Description: ELECTRIC SERVICE UP GRADE
(530) 534-7093
Occupancy: Zoning: U
Contractor
Applicant:
Square Footage:
OWNER
KIRK, LARRY
Building Garage Remdl/Addn
315 RED TAPE RD
OROVILLE, CA 95965
Other Porch/Patio Total
(530)534-7093
FEE INFORMATION
DBE Single Phase Service-Resid $58.00
Total Charged: $58.00 Fees Paid: $58.00
Balance Due: $0.00 Receipt No: B3412
LICENSED CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION
OWNER / BUILDER DECLARATION
Contractor (Name) State Contractors License No. / Class / Expires
I HEREBY AFFIRM UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY that I am exempt from the Contractor's License
OWNER / /
Law for the following reason (Sec. 7031.5), Business and Professions Code: Any city or county that
requires a permit to construct, alter, improve, demolish, or repair any structure prior to its issuance,
also requires the applicant for such permit to file a signed statement that he or she is licensed
I HEREBY AFFIRM UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY that I am licensed under provisions of Chapter 9
(commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code, and my license
pursuant to the provisions of the Contractor's License Law [Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000)
is in full force and effect.
of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code] or that he or she is exempt therefrom and the
X
basis for the alleged exemption. Any violation of Section 7031.5 by any applicant for a permit subjects
the applicant to a civil of not than five hundred dollars
06/07/2007
penalty more [$500];
Please check one of the following:
Contractors Signature Date
, AS OWNER OF THE PROPERTY, OR MY EMPLOYEES WITH WAGES AS THEIR SOLE
111111LLLJJJ COMPENSATION, WILL DO THE WORK, AND THE STRUCTURE IS NOT INTENDED OR
OFFERED FOR SALE (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractors License
Law does not apply to an owner of the property, who builds or improves thereon, and who does
WORKERS' COMPENSATION DECLARATION
I HEREBY AFFIRM UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY one of the following declarations:
❑I HAVE AND WILL MAINTAIN A CERTIFICATE OF CONSENT TO SELF -INSURE FOR
the work himself or herself or through his or her own employees, provided that such improvements
are not intended or offered for sale. If, however, the building or improvement is sold within one
WORKERS' COMPENSATION, as provided for by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the
year of completion, the owner -builder will have the burden of proof that he or she did not build or
performance of the work for which this permit is issued.
improve for the purpose of sale.).
I HAVE AND WILL MAINTAIN WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE, as required by
❑❑
Section 3700
1, AS OWNER OF THE PROPERTY, AM EXCLUSIVELY CONTRACTING WITH LICENSED
CONTRACTORS TO CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT (Sec. 7044, Business and Provessions Code:
of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued.
My Workers' Compensation insurance carrier and policy number are;
The Contractors License Law dows not apply to an owner of the property who builds or improves
thereon, and who contracts for the projects with a contractor(s) licensed pursuant to the
Contractors License Law.).
Carrier: Policy Number: Exp. Date:
(This section nee not be completed if the permit is for one hundred dollars ($100) or less.)
J
❑ I AM EXEMPT under Section B. & P.C. for this reason:
[t /I I CERTIFY THAT IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK FOR WHICH THIS PERMIT IS
LLLJJJ ISSUED, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Workers'
Compensation laws of California, and agree that if I should become subject to the workers'
X 06/07/2007
compensation provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code, I shall forthwith comply with those
Owner's Signk#e Date
provisions.
X 06/07/2007
I hereby certify that 1 have read this application and slate that the above information is correct. I agree
to comply with all City and County ordinances, rules, regulations, and State laws relating to building
Signature Date
WARNING: FAILURE TO SECURE WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE IS UNLAWFUL,
construction, and with any and all conditions of permit. I agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless
Butte County, its officers, agents and employees from any and all claims and liability for personal
AND SHALL SUBJECT AN EMPLOYER TO CRIMINAL PENALTIES AND CML FINES UP TO ONE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($100,000), IN ADDITION TO THE COST OF COMPENSATION,
injury, including death, and property damage caused arising out of, in any way connected with
DAMAGES AS PROVIDED FOR INSECTION 3706 OF THE LABOR CODE, INTEREST AND
the issuance of this permit. I hereby acknowledge thatt is issuance of this pea rmit does not authorize the
use or occupancy of any sidewalk, street, or subsidewalk. I hereby authorize representatives of Butte
ATTORNEY'S FEES.
County to enter the above mentioned property for inspection purposes. I hereby certify that I am the
p open owner or am autho )zed to act on the a e owners behalf.
y I�J' p p 06/07/2007
CONSTRUCTION LENDING AGENCY
I HEREBY AFFIRM UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY that there is a construction lending agency for
Name of Permittee [SIGN] Print Date
the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. (3097 civ. code)
Downer F1 Contractor OR. Agent for Owner Agent for Contractor
FILE COPY
Lenders Address City State zip
-Butte County Department of Development Services
TIM SNELLINGS, DIRECTOR I PETE CALARCO, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR
7 County Center Drive
Oroville, CA 95965
(530) 538-7601 Telephone
(530) 538-2140 Fax
www.buttecounty.net/dds
OWNER -BUILDER INFORMATION
An application for a building permit has been submitted in your name listing yourself as the builder of the property improvements specified.
For your protection you should be aware that as "owner -builder" you are the responsible party of record on such a permit. Building permits are not required to be signed
by property owners unless they are personally performing their own work. If your work is being performed by someone other than yourself, you may protect yourself from
possible liability if that person applies for the proper permit in his or her name.
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and bonded by the State of California and to have a business license from the city or county. They are also required by
law to put their license number on all permits for which they apply.
If you plan to do your own work, with the exception of various trades that you plan to subcontract, you should be aware of the following information for your benefit and
protection:
° If you employ or otherwise engage any persons other than your immediate family, and the work (including materials and other costs) is $500 or more for the entire
project and such persons are not licensed as contractors or subcontractors, then you may be an employer.
° If you are an employer, you must register with the state and federal government as an employer and you are subject to several obligations including state and federal
° income tax withholding, federal social security taxes, workers/ compensation insurance, disability insurance costs, and unemployment compensation contributions.
There may be financial risks to you if you do not cavy out these obligations, and these risks are especially serious with respect to workers' compensation insurance.
° For more specific information about your obligations under federal law, contact the Internal Revenue Service (and, if you wish, the U.S. Small business
Administration). For more specific information about your obligations under state law, contact the Department of Benefit Payments and the Division of Industrial
Accidents.
If the structure is intended for sale, property owners who are not licensed contractors are allowed to perform their work personally or through thier own employees,
without a license contractor or subcontractor, only under limited conditions.
A frequent practice of unlicensed persons professing to be contractor is to secure an "owner -builder" building permit, erroneously implying that the property owner is
providing his or her own labor and material personally. Building permits are not required to be signed by property owners unless they are performing their own work
personally.
Information about licensed contractors may be obtained by contacting the Contractors' State License Board's automated telephone information system at 1-800-321
-CLSB (2752) or by accessing thier website at www.CSLB.ca.gov.
PLEASE COMPLETE AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED OWNER -BUILDER VERIFICATION FORM SO THAT WE CAN CONFIRM THAT YOU ARE
AWARE OF THESE MATTERS. THE BUILDING PERMIT WILL NOT BE ISSUED UNTILL THE VERIFICATION IS RETURNED.
OWNER BUILDER VERIFICATION
PLEASE COMPLETE THIS FORM AS REQUIRED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (SENATE BILL NO. 831 EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 1980). NO BUILDING
PERMIT WILL BE ISSUED UNTIL THIS VERIFICATION IS RECEIVED.
1. I PERSONALLY Pl TO PROVIDE THE MAJOR LABOR AND MATERIALS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROPOSED PROPERTY
IMPROVEMENTJ(YESIOR NO)
2.CD"VE NOOT)✓✓SIGNED AN APPLICATION FOR A BUILDING PERMIT FOR THE PROPOSED WORK.
I HAVE CONTRACTED WITH THE FOLLOWING PERSON (FIRM) TO PROVIDE THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION:
NAME_
ADDRESS
CITY
PHONE CONTRACTORS LICENSE NO
4. I PLAN TO PROVIDE PORTIONS OF THE WORK, BUT I HAVE HIRED THE FOLLOWING PERSON TO COORDINATE, SUPERVISE, AND PROVIDE
THE MAJOR WORK:
ADDRESS CITY
PHONE CONTRACTORS LICENSE NO
5. I WILL PROVIDE SOME OF THE WORK BUT I HAVE CONTRACTED (HIRED) THE FOLLOWING PERSONS TO PROVIDE THE WORK INDICATED:
NAME ADDRESS PHONE TYPE OF WORK
Description: ELECTRIC SERVICE UP GRADE
Reference Number: B07-1242
Applicant Name: KIRK, LARRY
Owner's Name: KIRK, LARR UAP A
Signature of Property Owner: DDate:
eV
:041-360-043
��2_0�
BUTTE COUNTY PERMIT
DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES NO.
BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION C
OFFICE #: (530) 538-7541 FAX #: (530) 538-2140 F6 7 % d
A FEE WILL BE REQUIRED AT TIME OF APPLICATION
Website: www.buttecounty.net/dds BIN # .
**PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY**
OWNER INFORMATION
Last me*
R t Name
Maill A
City
Phone
Zip
Phone vFax
State
E-mail
APPLICANT INFORMATION
CONTRACTOR
Name
State
Address
Phone
City
E-mail
State
Zip
Phone
Fax
E-mail
Lic. #
Class
APPLICANT INFORMATION
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER
Name
State
Addtess
Phone
City
E-mail
State
Zip
Phone
Fax
E-mail
State License Number
APPLICANT INFORMATION
Name L
?24 D & ca
Address
City
State
Zip
Phone
Fax
E-mail
APPLICANT SIGNATURE
PROJECT LOCATION
AP#I . fl .,Q
Pro d w v
City 0
WORKER'S COMPENSATION
Policy Number
Carrier
If hiring anyone other than license contractors, a certificate of worker's
compensation must be shown at the time of permit issuance.
LENDING AGENCY
N `
Address
DESCRIPTION OR SCOPE OF WORK:
Sq FT- Living Garage Open Cov
❑ Structure Built without Permits
❑ Proposed Change of Occupancy
(Note previous use):
For office use only:
Zoning
Flood Zone
SRA
I Yes
I No
Occ.
Type Const.
I I
NOTES RESIDENTIAL
041-360-043 02-0144
PERMIT MKIRK, LARRY
'. 315 RED TAPE, OROVILLE
CONT: SKYCREST ENT
' NEW MH EX SITE PERM FNDN
i
1':]'FIE 17ICD FORM 433A FOR THIS MIJ CANNOT B
RECORDED UNTIL ONE OF THE FOLLOWING 1 -IAS ,, ,
BEEN TURNED IN TO'I'HE BUILDING DIVISION.
(1) LICENSE PLATE(S) OR DECAL (THE `
INSPECTOR MUST RETREIVE).
(2) STATEMENT OF FACTS (ONLY ON
,NEW MH'S).
` INSPECTOR TO VERIFY SERIAL & LABEL #'S.
11 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 11
SRA
FLOOD CERTIFICATE REQ.
FIRE SPRINKLERS REQ.
SPECIAL INSPECTION ITEMS
VERIFY
USE PERMIT CONDITIONS
SUB -STANDARD HOUSING LETTER
et
Address
OFFICE COPY
CHECKED
BY
GAS Date
L�J
Meter By 1
ELE
Met y
JOB FINALED (Date) v
Signature
d = OK
0 = Not OK
= Not Applicable
=•Not Redden
MOBILE HOMES
Date MOBILE HOME UTILITIES (Plans) OK except #'s
1.
Zoning Requirements -Setbacks -Easements
2.
s; Special MH Support Sketch
Foo' s; Size -Spacing -Marriage Line
Se ; Location -Test -Fall -C/O -Concrete
as' Test -Demand -Valve -Connector
W ; Location -Test -Easement Needed (Sketc
Electricity; Location-Clearances-Grnd- r p -Concrete
ectric' y; MH Test -Crossovers -Breakers -Clearances
Gas; Location-TIrap;-/ /" L'ft.
/ P Nat. or"L"ft /'LPG
7.
Well Clearance 8 isconne Qt
8.
Utility Clearance
/•7. ater and Sewer Connected -C/O to Grade -HD Approval
Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
MOBIL ME,JNSTALLATION (Plans) OK except #'s
Footings; Soils -Size -Depth -Spacing -Connectors -Steel
1. Z <9 Requirements -Setbacks -Easements
Decks; Girders and/or Joists -Decking -Bracing -Stairs -Rails
Foo' s; Size -Spacing -Marriage Line
Wood Awn.; Posts- Beams- Rftrs.-Con nectors
Shthg.-Frg-Bracing
as' Test -Demand -Valve -Connector
Alum. Awn.; Columns -Connections -Splice -Decal -Enclosures
ectric' y; MH Test -Crossovers -Breakers -Clearances
Carports; Windows -Doors
Dr ' ; MH Test -Fall -Flex Connector
Ext.; Steps -Doors -Landings
Water H Test -Regulator -Connector
12.
/•7. ater and Sewer Connected -C/O to Grade -HD Approval
To. Gas and Electricity Tagged
9. Ti owns -Type -Installation Cert.
Exits; Insp.-Sketch
Date
11. Ce Occupancy
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
il<Permanent Foundation Only; License Decal
FINAL (Plans) OK except #'s
Date-c�
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
MISCELLANEOUS
Date DECKS, COVERS, CARPORTS GARAGES (Plans) OK except #'s
1.
Zoning Requirements -Setbacks -Easements
2.
Footings; Soils -Size -Depth -Spacing -Connectors -Steel
3.
Decks; Girders and/or Joists -Decking -Bracing -Stairs -Rails
4.
Wood Awn.; Posts- Beams- Rftrs.-Con nectors
Shthg.-Frg-Bracing
5.
Alum. Awn.; Columns -Connections -Splice -Decal -Enclosures
6.
Carports; Windows -Doors
7.
Electric
8.
Frmg.; Sills-Anchors-Studs-Rftrs-Trusses
9.
Siding; Nailing -Veneer -Stucco -Mesh
10.
Roof; Shthg-Roofing
11.
Ext.; Steps -Doors -Landings
12.
Braced Wall Panels
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
FINAL (Plans) OK except #'s
1.
Setbacks -Easements
2.
Soils; Compaction -Structure Stability
3.
Pool Structure; Steel -Connections -Thickness
Dead Men -Lining
4.
Elec.; Receptacles and Lighting, Distance-GFI
5.
Elec.; Pool Lighting; 15 Volts-GFI
6.
Elec.; Enclosures; Conduit Entries -Terminals -listed
7.
Elec.; Bonding; Metal w/5' -Circulating Equip. -Heater
8.
Elec.; Grounding; Equip, w/5' Circulating Equip. -Pool Lghtg.
Boxes- Enclosures- Panelboards-Ins. to Main in Conduit
9.
Health Department Approval
10.
Plumb.; Cir. Test -Water Supply Test
11.
Light Niche
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
V = OK
0 = Not OK
- = Not Applicable = Not Ready
RESIDENTIAL (,c
Date
Hangers -Post Caps -Anchors -Connectors
Underfloor (Plans) OK except #'s
Cling. Joist-Rftr. Ties-Purlin-Roll Brac.-Truss-Shting.-Ring.
1.
Zoning -Setbacks -Easements -Flood -Slope
49.
2.
Fig., Main; Soils-Elec. Grnd.-/ /" Ftg. Depth
Bdrm. Windows or Exiting Doors -Sill Ht. & Dimensions
3.
Ftg., Garage; Soils-Steel-Elec. Grnd.-/ /" Ftg. Depth
52.
4.
Ftg., Porches & Decks; Soils -Steel-/ /" Ftg. Depth
Ext. Doors -One T -Check Garage 3rd Story, 2 Exits
5.
Stemwalls, Main; Steel-Blockouts-Wrapped
55.
6.
Stemwalls, Garage; Steel-Blockouts-Wrapped
Siding -Nailing Veneer
6a.
Hold Downs and Special Anchors
58.
7.
Slab, Steel -Wrapped
Shear Walls; Nailing -Bolts
8.
Piers -Fireplace Ftg.-Steel
61.
9.
D.W.V.; Fall -Fitting -Test -2 Way C/O -Sewer Test
Infiltration -Walls -Windows
10.
UF, Gas Pipe; Size Anchors - Yard Gas Piping; Size Test
Date
11.
Water Pipe; Test -Anchors -Regulator -Service Test
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
12.
Electric Underground
Wtr. Htr.; Vents -Clearance -Comb. Air Connector-P.R.V.
in Garage; Above Floor-Mech. Protection
13.
Plenums & Ducts; Clearance -Material -Support -Ins.
Plb., Elec. & Mech. Equip. Listed for Location
14.
Girders -Sills -Anchor Bolts-Joists-Vents-Crippies
Elec. Receptacles in Garage (F.F.I.)-Romex Protection
15.
Access & Ventilation
Insulation -Foam -Looked in Attic
16.
Insulation
Guard Rails & Deck Construction -Post Caps
81.
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
PLUMBING (Permit) OK except #'s
Stucco Brown -Finish
17.
Water Htr.; Vent -Access -Combustion Air Baffle
A.C. Unit Disconnect, Electrical -Plumbing
18.
Water Pipe; Test & Anchor -Nail Protection
Vents Above Roof, Plbg-Appliance-Fireplace-Clearance to Openings
19.
D.W.V.; Test Fittings & Anchor -Nail Protection
Water Well, Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing
20.
Shower Pan; Test, First Floor -Tub Access
Exterior Elec. Trim, G.F.I. Receptacle -Underground
21.
Test Tub & Shower, Second Floor -Tub Access
Ventilation Throughout House
22.
Gas Pipe; Sixe & Anchors
Glass Protection
90.
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
ELECTRICAL (Permit) OK except #'s
Energy Compliance Certificate -Other Certificates
23.
Fixture & Transformer Clearance -Ins. Protection
Address Posted
24.
Elec. Receptacles Spacing -Lights & Switches at Doors
25.
Size Boxes & No. of Conductors Stapled
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
26.
Romex Installed Close to Edge of Studs & C.J.
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
27.
Equip. Ground made up w/Mech Fasteners -Bond Gas & Water
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
28.
2 Appliance Circuits in Kitchen & Conductor Size GFI
29.
Subfeed Wire Size / / ga. Cu or AI-A.C. Wire Size / / ga Cu or AI
30.
Range Circle / / ga Cu or AI -Oven Circ. / / ga Cu or At
Insulated Neutral ❑ Yes ❑ No
31.
Service -Riser Conductors & Ground Main Disconnect
32.
Equip. Clearances Panels-Motors-Mech. Equip.
33.
Clothes Closet Light -Shower Light -Spa Light
34.
Smoke Detector
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
MECHANICAL (Permit) OK except #'s
35.
A.C. Ducts Insulation & Support
36.
Vent Fan, Exhaust above insulation
37.
Condensate Drain & Overflow, Size & Grade
38.
Furnace -Vent Access -Comb. Air -Return Air Vent 115 outlet
39.
Attic Access & Platform if Furnace in Attic
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
FRAMING (Permit) OK except #'s
40.
Sits Proper Materials & Anchors
41.
Walls Studs -Nailing Spacing & Braces -Plates -Sound
42.
Bearing Walls over Girders & Floor Nailing
43.
Draft Stop in Walls (rat proof)
44.
Fire Stops, Furred Ceilings -Stairs -Chasers -Tubs
45.
Headers & Beams -Size & Bearing
dingle & Duplex)
Date
FRAMING (Continued)
46.
Hangers -Post Caps -Anchors -Connectors
47.
Cling. Joist-Rftr. Ties-Purlin-Roll Brac.-Truss-Shting.-Ring.
48.
Fireplace Ties or Type A Flue -Fireplace Throat Clearance
49.
Attic Access; Size & Romex Protection -Draft Stop -Ins. Baffles
50.
Bdrm. Windows or Exiting Doors -Sill Ht. & Dimensions
51.
Garage Fire Protection Framing
52.
Property Line Firewall & Openings
53.
Ext. Doors -One T -Check Garage 3rd Story, 2 Exits
54.
Stairs; Width -Headroom -Rise -Run -Landing -Fire Protection
55.
Plywood on Roof Overhang -Attic Vents -Rafter Outriggers
56.
Siding -Nailing Veneer
_ 57.
Stucco Mesh -Drip Screed -Fd. Vents-Underflr. Access
58.
Glazing Area -Glass Protection -Skylights -Plastic
59.
Shear Walls; Nailing -Bolts
60.
Brace Interior/Exterior Wall Panels
61.
Insulation -Walls -Ceilings
62.
Infiltration -Walls -Windows
74.
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
FINAL (Plans) OK except #'s
63.
Ext. Steps -Door & Sidelight Protection -Landings
64.
Smoke Detector
65.
Furnace Vents -clearance -Comb, Air -Connector -
In Garage; Above Floor-Ducts-Mech. Protection
66.
Bedroom Exiting
67.
G.F.I. & Bath Fixtures & Tub Access -Spa
68.
Elec. Trim & Subpanel, Breaker Sizes & Labels
69.
Stairs & Rails
70.
Fireplace or Stove, Clearance -Hearth
71.
Elec. Outlets at Wood Panel, Int. & Ext.
72.
Kit. Fixt. & Appliance; Ground -Air Gap -Cooking Clearance
73.
Elec. Outlets & Receptacles at Kit. Counter
74.
Garage Fire Door; Swing -Landing -Closure
75.
A.C. Duct in Garage -Damper
76.
Wtr. Htr.; Vents -Clearance -Comb. Air Connector-P.R.V.
in Garage; Above Floor-Mech. Protection
77.
Plb., Elec. & Mech. Equip. Listed for Location
78.
Elec. Receptacles in Garage (F.F.I.)-Romex Protection
79.
Insulation -Foam -Looked in Attic
80.
Guard Rails & Deck Construction -Post Caps
81.
Fdn. VBents & Crawl Hole Door Drainage & Wood -Earth
Clearance Looked under Floor ❑ Yes
82.
Following Instld./Drive p Yes ❑ No/Walks 0 Yes 0 No/Planters r] Yes J No
83.
Stucco Brown -Finish
84.
A.C. Unit Disconnect, Electrical -Plumbing
85.
Vents Above Roof, Plbg-Appliance-Fireplace-Clearance to Openings
86.
Water Well, Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing
87.
Exterior Elec. Trim, G.F.I. Receptacle -Underground
88.
Ventilation Throughout House
89.
Glass Protection
90.
Corrections from Previous Inspections
91.
Gas Test -Meters Tagged, Gas -Electric
92.
Water & Sewer Connected -C/O to Grade -HD Approval
93.
Energy Compliance Certificate -Other Certificates
94.
Address Posted
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Date
Card B-1 Date Card B-1
Comments at Final:
HCD 433(8) 4/86
THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED BY THE OWNER OF A MANUFACTURED HOME
MOBILEHOME OR COMMERCIAL COACH AND FORWARDED TO THE COUNTY
ASSESSOR UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE UNIT ON A FOUNDA-
TION SYSTEM PURSUANT TO SECTION 18551 HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE.
ORIGINAL PURCHASE PRICE FOR:
1. The Bae:c uni► s f
7. Optionoi Equipment d Upgrades
3. Subtotal
4.4!'7►'af00 040so 1y0 ~
s. Other (Specify)
6. Nlivery d lmtoilation
7. TOTAL SALES PRICE
S
S
sF`�!9
DOES THE BASIC PRICE INCLUDE:
The Towbar(s) TETYES �❑NO
Tires d Wheeh ❑ YES ca'
NO
Wheesshubs d .laces ❑ YES G(rNO
UST NUMBER OF ROOMS:
Bedrooms
Baths
Idhchen
Living Room
Dining Room
Family Room
Writy Room
Other Rooms
0
The sales price as shown does not include any amount for any in-place location.
The Assessor's Parcel Number of the installation site is
Y '13"
el Rk
Type of Exterior Wall Coverings A114ewI AA)k—+7j
/y� ] (Metal, W eta)
Type oi Root Covvnissg
(Metoi. Wood. Composition. sic.)
Heating Types ;arForced Air ❑ Floor w Wall
Air Condhionirigs
Evapararive Coolers
BuiN�n Cooklops
Built-in Over,
Built-in Oishwaahers
Built-in Wel flan
Reirigeratort
Root Overhang (Eaves)t
Furniture Indudedt
Caroorst
Awningt
Porch$
Garages.
Storage Shed$
SLirtingt
❑ YES
C2rNO
Tons
❑ YES
jc�rNO
❑ YES
7NO
❑ YES
O'NO
❑ YES
2! NO
C3 YES
La NO
OYES
❑ NO
❑ YES
(21'NO
inches
❑ YES
ET NO
Value S
(LENGTH X WIC
Cl YES
2r NO
X
❑ YES
ZNO
X _
❑ YES
O'NO
X _
❑ YES
(21,NO
X
❑ YES
[�/ O
X _
C1(/J YES
NO
LIN
FEE
Address
. Teiepnane
RECORDING REQUESTED BY:
AND .WHEN RECORDED. MAIL TO:
NAME t ��
STREET
ADDRESS'--"- p:, ;3 ,.•:r:3 ..,ar .r�r. a, rf N. .3i fo 1^
CITY, L' =r S .•"7: :_• .fT7L I' ±i� i ii:, _ .oA it
STATE y`
and ZIP - • �'
SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER USE ONLY
�i NOTICE OF MANUFACTURED. HOME• (MOBILEHOME) ,.OR COMMERCIAL COACH,--
INSTALLATION.,
OACH,-INSTALLATION., ON, A.,:F„OUNDATION .SYSTEM.
Recording of this document at the request of the local agency indicated is in accordance with California Health and Safety Code
Section 18551. This document is evidence that such local agency has issued a certificate of occupancy for installation of the unit
described hereon, upon the real property described with Zertainty'below'•;'df�bf Kf 'datelof`recolrdinlj. WNen'recorded, this document
shall be indexed by the county recorder to the named owner of the real property_ and; shall be deemed to: give constructive notice as to
its contents to all persons thereafter dealing with the real property.
REAL PROPiRTY �OWNER/ttSSOR + ' f . t E ;1 LOCAL AGENCY ISSUING PERMIT and CERTIFICATE OF. OCCUPANCY
MAILING ADDRESS MAILING ADDRESS
sazt
CITY C UNTY ZIP CICOUNTY .
STATE ZIP
INSTA LATION MAILING ADDAW. It DIFFERENT BUILDING PERMIT NO. TELEPHONE NUMBER
a.VUNIT STATE ZIP
UNIT OWNER (If also property owner, write "SAME'l
MAILING ADDRESS
CITE' COUNTY STATE
ZIP
UNIT DESCRIPTION
SIGNATURE OF LOCAL AGENCY
(OFFICIAL DATE
DEALER NAME (If not a dealer sale• write "NON 'I
q \ 2.6c�
DEALER LICENSE NO.
"" %_ DA/TEE N
OF MANUFACTURE MODEL AME/NUMBER
^V7n! - Iy54 i ,41-9 _Z4- x'
SERIAL NUMBER(S) LENGTH X WIDTH INSIGNIA/LABEL NUMBER(S)
REAL PROPERTY LEGAL DESCRIPTION ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NUMBER
c N��1
HCD FORM 433(A) Rev. 8/91
WHITE—County Recorder CANARY—HCD PINK—Applicant GOLDENROD—Building Dept.
02/0/2002 14:45 5303429174 CHICO BLDG SYSTEMS PAGE 02
RECORDING REQUESTED BY:
Fidelity National. Title Company
When Recorded Mail Document
and Tax Statement To:
Larry Dale Kirk
Ca •andra Blaine Kirk
31S Red Tare Road
Oroville, CA 99965
96-035452I Roo Few
1 DOC
Recorded I Chock
Official Records 1
County of 1
Butte I
Canduce J. Grubbs 1
Recorder 1
9.00
47.30
56.30
Eeerov At- 157596-LWC I 6:00as 25 -Sep -96 I FNYC VS 2
This tic. No.
APN: 041-360 -04 ] r�ce.ewe 1we non r�orccxrr unseen
avN GRANT DEED
The undersigned Erantor(s) declare(*)
Documentary transfer tax is i 47.30 City tax i
( xx) computed on full value of property conveyed. or
( ) computed on full valueless value of liem or en:umbrances remaining at ttme of sale,
( xx ) UnUx*rporated Area Chy of
FOR A VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which Is hereby acknowledged,
Ronald Torry and Susan Terry, husband and wife
hereby GRANT(S)to Larry Dale Kirk and Caeandra Elaine Kirk, husband and wife, as Joint
Tenants
the following described real property In 111M) UM? the unincorporated area of oroville
County of Butte Stat* Of California:
See attached Exhibit "One -
DATED: September 13, 1996
STATE OF CALIFORWA
COUNTY OF --AM"
ONptuebgr 17- 1996 before me,
Linda F. Wilson personally appeared
peg►p0A9WSNllitdrfl(i 6/G'ti6/(or proved to me on the bath of
satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(*)
Is/are subscribed to the whNn Instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same
In hls/her/their authorized copechy(les). and that by
hls/har/theh sig natures) on the Instrument the person(e).
or the entity upon behalf of which the peroon(s) acted.
executed the kfmument
WITNESS my hand a tal east.
Signature
Linda F. Wilson
Ron'tersry
Susan Terry
Mak 1. MON
Carmaron 41QWn Mhpsi
Nam hok
kn.o"r;,.Cdk
MN Go -aft t+a w.a m. imo
MAIL TAX STATEMENTS AS DIRECTED ABOVE
F0-213 MW 3/04) GRANT 0EE0
02/20/2002 14:45 5303429174 CHICO BLDG SYSTEMS PAGE 03
Order No.: 1-57SS6LWC
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
Z=131T •ONE"
All that certain real property situate in the County of Butte,
State of CaIifornia, described as follows:
PARCGG 1: _
The ,lest half of the East half of the West half of the Sou*h half
of the Northwest quarter of the Southeast quarter of Section 3,
Township 20 North, Range 4 East, H.D.B. i M.
TOGETHE:: WITH a right of way for a road and public utility put.
popes over a strip of land 60 feet in width lying Northerly of and
adjacent to the following described line:
BEGINNING at.the Northeast corner of the Southwest quarter of the
Southeast quarter; cunning thence West along the North line
thereof, and along the North line of the South half of the South-..
west quarter to a point on the East line of the candor Road.
PARCEL 2•
A right.of way for road purposes over the Southerly 60 feet of the
Northeast quarter of the Southeast quarter of Section 4, lying
Easterly of the Orovills-Concow Road and a right of way for road
purposes over the South 60 feet of the Northwestquarter of the
Southwest quarter of Section; 3, all in Township 20 North, Range 4
East, M.D.B. i M.
i
End of Legal
RECORDING REQUESTED BY:
AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:
BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING DIVISION
7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE
OROVILLE CA 95965
COPY of Document Recorded
20 -Feb -2002 2002-0008487
Has not been compared with
original
BUTTE COUNTY RECORDER
SPACE ABOVE TIIIS LINE FOR RECORDER ( SE ONt.V
NOTICE OF MANUFACTURED HOME (MOBILEHOME) OR COMMERCIAL COACH,
INSTALLATION ON A FOUNDATION SYSTEM
Recording of this document at the request of the local agency indicated is in accordance with California Health and Safety Code Section
18551. This document is evidence that such local agency has issued a certificate of occupancy for installation of the unit described
hereon, upon the real property described with certainty below, as of the date of recording. When recorded, this document shall be
indCNed by the county recorder to the named owner of the real property and shall be deemed to give constructive notice as to its contents
to all persons thereafter dealing with the real property.
LARRY DALE KIRK & CASANDRA ELAINE KIRK
IWAL PROPERTY O\\'NrRtLfiSSOR
P.O. BOX 1651
MAILING ADDRESS MAILING ADDRESS
OROVILLE, BUTTE, CA 95965 OROVILLE, BUTTE, CA 95965
CITY COUNTY STATE ZIP
02-0144 (530)538-7541
RMnI, 'rla_Ii P11oN1'i \UMI3rR
t,
2/19/02
SIGNATURE OF LOCAL AGENCY OFFICIAL DATE
COUSIN GARY'S HOME
BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING DIVISION
LOCAL AGENCY ISSUING PERMIT and CERTIFICATE Or OCCUPANCY
7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE
CI'T'Y COUNT,' STATE ZIP
315 RED TAPE ROAD
INSI'ALLAT ION NIAILING ADDRESS. IF DIFFERENT
_OROVILLE, BUTTE, CA 95965
C'I FY COUNTY STATE ZIP
SAME
UNIT OWNER (i(alsu I.... ny nwnc�. „rite "S:\\IE")
\IAII.INU ADDRESS
CITY COUNTY STATE
UNIT DESCRIPTION
SKYLINE
\IANtA:A('TL:RLR'S NAME
8V-70-0464-P-A/I3
SCRIM. N(i\nsER(S)
Rli.\I. PROPERTY LEGAI. DESCRIPTION
SEE ATTACHED
ZIP
2002
DATE OFMANUFACTURE
24'X 40'
LENGTH N WIDTH
ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NUMBER
DEALER NA\Ir O'nut a dealer sale. ,vote "NONE")
91265
DI:AI.IiR LICENSE NO
A. P. #041-3 60-043
HCD FORM 433(A) REV. 8/91
N'I ITE - C oumv Recorder CANARY . IICD PINK - Appliicam GOLDENROD - nuilding Rcpt
WESTBROOK 3700 CTB
MODEL NA\IF/NU\II3LR
ULI531780/81
INMGNI-\.LABEL NCMIW.R,S)
BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER: 02-0144
Address or location of unit: 315 RED TAPE ROAD, OROVILLE, CA 95965
Legal Description of Real Property: A.P.041-360-043
SEE ATTACHED
(x) Mobilehome/Manufactured Home
O Commercial Coach
Has been affixed to the real property above by installation on a foundation system
pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 18551.
Owner's name: LARRY & CASANDRA KIRK
Owner's address: P.O. BOX 1651, OROVILLE, CA 95965
INSIGNIA OR HUD NUMBER: ULI531780/81
SERIAL NUMBER OR V.I.N.: 8V-70-0464-P-A/B
MANUFACTURER'S NAME: SKYLINE Y R: 2002
OFFICIAL APPROVING INSTALLATION:
.DATE: 2/19/02
PHONE: (530) 538-7541
H.C.D. 513C
WY. 413' f I (T(;E) 09
.�i
A:
FIUELIT� '�4TION. L.
-REC040iNG NEOUESTED BY:
ridalit:y Natlonol T11;10 Cotnlsuy
When Attteordad Moo Docurnard
*no Tax SiatertesM To7
tarry Odle Klrk
Ca sands ¢loins KAOC
31S Fad Tape auad
OrOvills. CA 95965
96-03545 1 Rue Few
I DOC
Recorded i Chock
08tlo:ltal Records I
county e1
Butte
Candace J. Orubbe 1
Recorder 1
F*QOWNO, 157S56•LWC j 9100us 29-BoD-96 1 FNTC
We Order No. '
9.00
47.30
56.30
VS 2
APN:t9J1-]6o-OJJ --- apXiAedsnetv.tFlom �rB P"w4wRPwa
GRANT DEED
lips
�,�,'r'• The um"OlSned wwdor(e) decare(a)
Documentary Vwwrler t" Is It 41.3C City ten 0
a<.:^ c.• [ XX j c;amp(fted On full vWuo of property W7Wye1, or
}•; ( j wnvuted on All value lase valtw of Ilene or attatntbrariM rermhInp of time of cele.
( xx i VnincotporffW Arae CITy Of
FON A VALUABLE CONSIDEMTION, receipt Of WNth to hereey ecknaWllftrad.
Rona14 Terry and Susan Terry, husband *Ad vile
herebyGRANTMto Larry kala Kirk aid Caeand:a t:lsine Kirk, hjabar:d ar,d w.io• an Josne
Tenonte
the toikrriny doea rI t t! rest property In UMDOWlil the unlncorponaced area o: Orovi l :c
Counay of Hotta Btsla of Cattiornis:
fice ar.tacned lictibLt -one"
OATE;try: ,^,nrLembor 131 1906
STATU OF CALIFORNIA
COU!M' OF &,tte
Ort ct, tj%jL*.z_1L Jri9.1` _---�_ belom rne.
-_UjIdLl�bls— per;PwAly opWred
—Soon-71'eLzLAmi7-/.ST11SAtLJ Iax �. r
P9r�p�lrJi KpWw/10/t��(Or pfWid t0 n'Id On tM/ L'.ele 0{
setMf rA" "once) to be the pwaon(e) -hose Hamate)
is/ars ILut V.rlt7ed to the whnln InfAryrru:nt ttno
"knowlsdped to nts that 11011 to/they ett¢Cut4d the soma
In his/het/their etdlorlfed C4ppNy(Iss). end that by
his/herlthvir algnature(f) On the Inattyntenl the p7rsonle),
or the entity upon behalf of which the persons) entad,
chewed the tnstntnlenl.
YoTNESS -y hand Irtr seal.
Undo F. Nilson
i
07 01)
Y.
Ron er er,
6uaen Terry
fWD11. U'190p
tmrr•aya� � t PoR r1 uP rytt
th W-ow-t•W WAIL 31. AM
MAIL TAX STA'TEMENT'S AS DIRECTED ABOVE
1`0217 tT>N 9/e•1 ���--_•••_••� GRMR t)EEO --_—..•-•_ ••` --
P 002
MAY. -08' 01(T'�E) 09.28 FIDELIT� 'NATIONAL TEL53089a��31 P. 003
Order No.: 1-5155GLK
LZOAr. DESCUPTSOK
M=BXT 0018"
All that certain teal property situate in the County of Butte,
state Ol CalifoKnia, described as fe110W6;
f the
The
Wast
Northwest quarterEast
ofhalf
thetrthe
Southeastqu8cterofsect:on 3
all
oftha,
Township 30 North, Range 1 East, M.D.B. 6 Pt-
ToGSTBLR WITH a right Of waY for a read and public utility pur-
popes over a strip of land CO Leet in width lying Northerly of Ae-d
adjacent to the following described line:
9CGXNNIN4 at the NOCl.ieast Corner of the Southwest quarte; of the
Southeast quarter; cunning thence Nest along the North .lino
Westequartee tooagpointNorth
theline
t&6tftlne ofSouth
thehalf
South
Condor Road
4ARGL'L 2: '
A right of way for toad purposes over the Southerly 60 feet of the
Northeastuarter of the Southeast gY.Cter of Section /, lying
easterly o, the oroville-Concow Road and a right of Way foc coed
pucposea over the South 6o feet of the Northuaest qquarter of the
scuthwoat quarter of SCCCiOry 3, all in Township a0 Nocth, Range 4
East, M.D.B. 6 h.
Em of Legal
- f
Order No.: i-S7SS6LWC
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
EXHI3IT •ONE•
All that certain real property situate in the County of Butte,
State of CaIifocnia, described as f0110•4s:
PARCZG 1:
The -Asst half of the East half of the West halt of the Soul -:i half
of the Northwest quarter of the Southeast quarter of Section 3,
Township 20 North, Range 4 East, N.b.e. i h.
TOGETHE:. WITH a right of way for a road and public utility put
-
poses over a s►.rip of land 60 feet in width lying Northerly of and
adjacent to the following desccibe.d line:
BEGINNING at.the Northeast corner of the Southwest quarter of the
Southeast quarter; running thence Weet along the North line
thereof, and along the North line of the South half of the South-.
west quarter to a point on the Bast line of the candor Road.
PARCEL 2:
A right.ol way for road purposes over' the Southerly 60 feet of the
Northeastqquarter of the Southeast quarter of Section 4, lying
easterly of the Ocoville-Concow.Road and a right of way for road
purposes over the south 60 feet of the Northwest quarter of the
Southwest quarter of Section 3, all in Township 20 North, Range 4
East, N.D.B. a N. '
End of Legal
STATE OF -CALIFORNIA -
BUSINESS. TRANSPORTATION AND HOUSING AGENCY
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
DIVISION OF CODES AND STANDARDS
MANUFACTURED HOUSING PROGRAM
NUMBER:
8b820R8
MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATE OF ORIGIN
BnRy www pMBRy d terry Lr4w Uw Iwr. d Inn slab 6f Cemaml8 IhW the .ewe aw off Ma end OW80L
:eWeaM at
WOODLAND YOLO CA
Deb) Icily) P=6+^ty)
(State)
GNT11 ZED
AGENT; 1. 1:. .......... ••_•-
f ORIGINAL (PINK) FORWARD TO THE INVENTORY CREDITOR. UNLESS THERE IS NONE. THEN FORWARD TO THE PURClAASER (DEALER OR TRANSFEREE).
COPY I "ITE) FORWARD TO THE DEPARTMENT AT P.O. BOX 1828• SACRAMENTO. CA 95812.1828. WITHIN FIVE (S) DAYS OF RELEASE.
COPY 2 (YELLOW) DELIVER TO THE TRANSPORTER TO ACCOMPANY THE UNIT TO ITS DESTINATION.
COPY ] (GOLDENROD) TO BE RETAINED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
0 485.0 10e 1 •(7/07)
!1" ❑ CHECK IF THIS
IS A DUPLICATE MCO -ENTER ORIGINAL MCO NO
;AANUFACTURED HOME OR MULTI -UNIT MAMUEACTURED HOUSING
NUMBER OF
❑ MUMH (MULTI -UNIT MANUFACTURED
HOUSIN TRANSPORTABLE SECTIONS 2
SFD (SINGLE FAMILY DWELLING)
-OMMERCIACOACH:
7CCUPANCY GROUP
tNUFACTURER NAME:
MANUFACTURER LICENSE NUMBER:
.YLINE HOMES INC
90002
1NUFACTURER ADDRESS.
SUGGESTED RETAIL PRICE'
`LO EAST BEAMER STREET WOODLAND
CA 95776
$ 43,175.25
:(eet) Ci
(State) Zi
>NUFACTURER TRADE NAME:
MODEL NAME AND/OR NUMBER:
DATE OF MANUFACTURE.
�TBROOK
3700—CTB
1/11/2002 /
.ME OF DEALER OR TRANSFEREE (OWNERSHIP TRANSFERRED TO)
CALIF. DEALER NUMBER OR
DATE OF TRANSFER:
tCREST F.l`TERPR:SF_S/COUST.�I GARY'S HOMES
TRANSFEREE
TRANSFEREE DESIGNATION:
2/l/2002
:ALER OR TRANSFEREE ADDRESS.
•58 Hkf 99
CI!I"D CA
;15973
,eel)
(City) (State)
Zi
'ENTORY CREDITOR NAME:
.—tNTORY CREDITOR ADDRESS:
XENIA AVE SOUTH SUITE 300
GOLDEN VALLEY 55416
:eel)
Ci (State)
Zi
C:
IIgo. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSINGFANDLCOOhMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
DIVISION OF CODES AND STANDARDS •
REGISTRATION AND TITLING SECTION
STATEMENT OF'FACTS
This unit 1s.a: F31 Mob ilehome E] Commercial Coach E] Floating Home Truck Camper
Decal (License) No.(s)
Trade Name
Serial No.(s)
I/We, the undersigned+ hereby state that the unit described above:
e- p )ac_e_d c n a-, e r rn6Lno-v\.+
-Fo U rdwf,(o�
Affiant further agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Director of Housing and Communit)
Development, State of.California, and subsequent purchasers of said unit, for any loss they
may suffer resulting from registration of the above-described unit in California, or from
issuance of a California certificate of title covering the same.
I/We certify under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on at
(Date)(City) (State)
Signature of each affiant
Add
City .u1�
HCO 476.6 (Rev 11/86)
Printed name of each affiant
State
0
COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION
7 County Center Drive - Oroville, California 95965 - Telephone (530) 538-7541 PERMIT NO.
(Revr12/96) , APPLICATION AND PERMIT 02-0144
ASSEp$QR,PAR��pLt1M3
�KJIRK
ZONING
BUILDING PERMIT
OWN
TELEPHONE
TEEPHO E1255
SO. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION
1NTb1M,11 JF n1, OROVILLE 95965
51084.00
"'MftVT ENT
ON
TE 342.2694
`ONnW;b "f,y S E , CHICO 95973
CONSTRUCTION LENDER
LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS
Fireplace
Total Valuation $ 51.084.00
ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER
LICENSE NO.
Fills Fee $ 20.00
Permit Fee 423.50 Z 2 $ 211.75
ARCHITECT OR ENGINEERS MAIUNG ADDRESS
Plan Checking Fee $ 1-17.69
1ILD31.7 INQ 119D TAPE RD, OROVILLE
K
Energy Plan Checking Fee $
$
PERMIT FEE $ 369.4
LAT NO.
SUBDIVISIONS NAME
PARCEL MAP
PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00
USEOFSTRUCTURE
SF ❑ Duplex ❑ Mobilehome J] Other
SPECIFY
Each Trap 1 7.00
Solar or heat pump water heater 23.00
Water piping 15.00
Each gas water heater or vent 15.00
TYPE OF WORK
New ❑ Addition ❑ Remodel ❑ Udlides ❑ Installation EX Other ❑
Describe Work: NEW MH RX SITE PERM ENDN
SNOW LOAD = 1500 TO 2000 FT.
Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 15.00
Building sewer 15.00
Mobile Home IS I G1 W 920.00
PERMIT FEE _
FLOOD = X) 0800C
ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00
Main Service '*.A OR LESS 23.00
23.00
LICENSED CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION
I hereby, affirm under penalty of perjury that 1 am licensed under provisions of Chapter
9 (commencingwith Section 7000 of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code,
)
and my license is in full Oce and effect. _
License Class Lic. No. 19 �� -
OWNER -BUILDER DECLARATION
I ereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am exempt from the Contractors License
w for the following reason:
❑ I, as owner of the property, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation,
will do the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale.
❑ I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors
to construct the project.
❑ 1 am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code for this
reason
Main Service 200A TO 1000A 46.00
NEW CONST. DWELLING OCCUP. sD
OR ADDNS. ( y A:
DC. BLDS. 3.50FT
NEW CONST. MULTI jO ,CU,
NON-RESID. 97.50
POWER APPARATUS
8 SINGLE OUTLET CIR.
Ex. Occup. OUTLET OR PacruREs fug 9';0050
Ex. Occup.. GirTiETs(RRM °EA 5.00
Temporary Service 23.00
Mobile Home Facilities 20.00
Misc. Wiring 23.00
PERMIT FEE $
WORKERS' COMPENSATION DECLARATION
1 hereby affirm under penalty of perjury one of the following declarations:
❑ 1 have and will maintain a certificate of consent to self -insure for workers'
compensation, as provided for by section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the
performance of the work for which this permit is issued.
1 have and will maintain workers' compensation Insurance, as required by Section
AX 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of work for which this permit is issued.
My worker ' c p nsatio Insurance carrier and policy number are:
Carrier P d
MECHANICAL PERMIT Iling ee 20.00
Heating
Cooling
Hood 6.50
Ventilation
PERMIT FEP_ $
Policy Number /-ZQ3,9 54;-,
(The above sections need not be completed if the permit is for work of a valuation
of one hundred dollars ($100) or less.)
❑ 1 certify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued, I shall
not employ any person In any manner so as to become subject to workers'
compensation laws of California. and agree that if I should become subject to the
workers' compensation provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code, I shall
forthwith comply wi those provisions.
P� Date 1-� 9� Z9 �— _
Si a re of Applicant - ❑ caner ❑ Contractor Agent
A SHA permit is required for excavations over 5'0" deep and demolition or construction
of structures over 3 stories in height.
Mobile Home Installation Fee $
Energy Inspection Fee $
Occ
CONST. TYPE
TOTAL FEE $ 477.40
HAz.
D PEES IMP
X
FLOOD
CDF
PARCEL pp
HD
ISSUE
This permit is hereby issued under the applicable provisions
of the Butte County Code and/or Resolutions to do work
Indic o for hich fees have been paid.
By ate ✓7/ D
PERMIT EXPIRES ON 3%
Date
Receipt No. 337575$477.40
WHITE-D.D.S.-B.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT
+ COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT
SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION
7 County Center Drive • Oroville, California 95965
'
• Telephone (530) 538-7541
PERMIT
(Rev.1Z/a6) APPLI'CATIO, j ANb-PR1VfIT
NO.
AYGESiOA VARCg NU
zowrw
BUILDING PERMIT
OWNER
TEL®NONE
✓ fir,`
DWNERTI
�J
SD. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION
AD�fL T�J`•S�a�—
COArrRAGTOR'S NALe
SKYCREST ENTERPRISES
TELFPNONe
Go
CONrR.cTO"
342-2694
IAU-0 0 ADDRESS
ICO CA 95973
cowTAUcnoN LENDER
LENDS" uAAuND DoRggg
Fireplace
AACHRIs.•rORExaNEER
Total Valuation $
w
UCEWe No.
Filing Fee S
�EAw
ARCT OR w�v uAaLIND ADDRESS
Permit Fee
20.00
.50_
�S
BULDrq ADDRESS
Plan Checking FeeN315- b
Energy
Plan Checkin2 Fee S
5
LOT No. SUaONGION'SNAW
PARCEL MAP
PERMIT FEE i
Q
PLUMBING PERMIT
Fling Fee 20.00
USEOFSTRUCTURE 2, S p C
Each Trap7
00
SF ❑ DuplMobllehome Other
Solar or heat um water heater
23.00
SPECIFY
Water piping15.00
S -�
TYPE OF WORK
Each gas water heater or vent
15.00
Now ❑ Addition ❑ Remodel ❑ Udhesh
Installation ❑ other ❑
Gas I In stem 1 5 outlets
15.00 &0
Describe Work:
/ �r����y�
Building sewer
15.00 S o�
�gy,�
Mobile Home S G W
Q20.00
u! i ��/ �'� 7 it
�E
c '
PERMIT FEE t69
5 0
ELECTRICAL PERMIT
Flin Fee 20.00
Main Service scow on ase
23.00 vu
l 3.
Q-
MAIC Service sou TO i000A
NEW
48.00
OR ADONB. �M OCC p.
DSW. .
a ACC. sues.
NO"ESID. MULTI. OUTLET
Q7.50
POWER APPARATUS
*PERMIT $ In ' G
FL
Ex. OCCL . OUTLET OR FIXTURES
M ®i.00
BAL
EX. Occu FIXED APPLNS. 0R
.w
o Reslo. EA
5.00—
Temporary Service
23.00
SRA $
Mobile Home Facilities
20.00
Mise. Wlrin
23.00
SHERIFF $
I
PERMIT FEE s
y�.
MECHANICAL PERMITFlling
Fee 20.00
OTHER S
Heatin
Hood 8.50
Ventilation
. PERM17 FEE �i
$ Mobile Home Installation Fee S
Energy Inspectlon Fee b
OCC cowl. TYPE TO AL FEES /xl
AMOUNT RECEIVED $ A/
NAz. D. FEEB F= CDr I p Q 1 I U
This permit Is hereby Issued under the applicable provisions
*RECEIPT NUMBER �s� of the Butte County code and/or Resolutions to do work
Indicated above for which fees have been paid.
*TO BE PUT INTO COMPUTER
By Date
PERMIT EXPIRES ON
. r a
COUNTY OF BUTTE -DEPARTMENT OF DEELOPIVIENT SERVICES -BUILDING DIVISION
7 County Center Drive, Oroville, CA 959'Phone (530)538-7541 Fax (530)538-2140
PERMIT APPLICATION DATA SHEET
OWNER: GA (� �! 1i I r k ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER
� J
Proposed Building Use: UeW M H On E;X0 1 "7 (07 Counter Technician: - 1 Date: � � %— G
Items required in order to apply for a permit. All oxes ST be checked OR marked NA in order to apply.
4
1.. Plot plans, 3 or 4 sets, signed by the preparer of the plans.
102. Complete plans, 3 or 4 sets, signed by the preparer of the plans.
❑ 3. Engineered plans, 3 or 4 sets, with wet signature on plans AND 2 sets of stamped and signed calculations. #
❑ 4. Engineered truss details and layouts in duplicate. No faxes!
❑ 5. Energy compliance design and supporting documentation in duplicate.
IN 6. Manufactured homes: (A) Data sheets and installation instructions, (B) Marriage line information, (C) Floor Plan, (D) Tie dowri or
foundation plans, all in duplicate. y
❑ 7.. Metal buildings: (A) Metal Building Plans, (B) Foundation plans and calculations in triplicate, (C) Elevation views in triplicate.
(D) Floor plans in triplicate. All of these must be stamped and wet -signed b tengineer.
Items required for initial plan review. If checked items have not been received, plan review cannot proceed. The permit will be
indexed and returned to the plan review line-up when required items are received.
Date Received By
❑ 8. Flood Elevation Certificate, wet -stamped and signed, in duplicate .................................
❑ 9. Plot plan and business license approval from the City of Biggs ....................................
❑ 10. Letter of intent for non-residential buildings.........................................................
❑ 11. Detached Accessory Building Form filled out by the owner .....................................
❑ 12. Hazardous Material Form...............................................................................
❑ 13. Other
Remaining items needed to issue the permit. (May require additional plan review upon receipt of the following items.)
❑ J4. Fees as shown on the attached Schedule of Fees Due Sheet .......................................
Statement of Intent for Non -heated and A/C Buildings .........................................`
Sanitation and plot plan approval from the Environmental Health Department in
—MI
n � tU�►1► r� /�%"
1 City of Chico Plumbing permit........................................................................
❑ 18. California Department of Forestry plan approval ❑ paid. Sent by: ......................
❑ 19. Planning approval for (A) Use: 0 !k (B)Parking: (C) Parcel Check:
❑ 20. Contact Land Development about ❑ Improvements, ❑ Drainage ................................
❑ 21. Encroachment Permit for driveway from the Public Works Dept. (construction approval prior to occupancy).
❑ 22. Pre -Inspection for required... .............
❑ 23. Contractor's license information. (Number, Name Style, Classification) .......................
❑ 24. Worker's Compensation Carrier and Policy Number ..............:..............................
❑ 25. Owner -Builder Verification (❑ Given to owner, ❑ Mailed to owner) .....................'
❑ 26. Letter of Signature authorization ..................................................................
❑ 27. Recorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgment Statement ....................................
❑ 28. Manufactured home utility clearance .............................. ...............................
❑ 29. E isting violati and/or expired permits ................................................ Cv
❑ 30. Grant Deed; J�'M.H. Title/Statement of Facts, ❑ Letter from Legal Owner,RICheck to H.C.D. $ '
❑ 31. Other: _
When issued Telephone n and hold for pickup.
I have been informed of the above items and requirements for obtaining a building permit.
Applicant: Date:
1. Index pe it application for the above items numbered:
2. Additional items required
Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of the above data by ❑ phone, ❑ mail, ❑ counter, by Date:
Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of the above data by ❑ phone, ❑ mail, ❑ counter, by Date:
Plans reviewed by: Date: Plans approved by: VVl� Date: • O
Structural reviewed by: Date: Structural approved by: Date:
Note transfer by: Date:
Yellow: Building Division,.
r'
Plan Check Letter '�-
TO: Building Department
FROM: Environmental Health
SUBJECT: Sanitation Clearance
ri�SEONLY
Plot Plan Attached
Floor Plan At�Chad
Sent to B.C. /0 Z,`
Ow6r Location AP#
Plan Approved for: Sewage Disposa d
Water Sup : ublic Private Well
Clearance for dwelling. Other P, AM, . ' � � CQ YY1 fL�
Hold final for:
Final clearance O.K. for:
NOTE:
Environmental Hee
8/96
Specialist
Date
s
. COUNTY ,OF BUTTE
DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION
7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE, OROVILLE CA 95965 TELEPHONE (916) 538-7541
SCHEDULE OF FEES DUE
OWNER A.P. #
PROPOSED BUILDING USE MAM 11PY7 rtid 91,S��DATE
RECEIPT # DATE REC
1. BUILDING PERMIT FEES
-- Balance Due ................ $
-- Additional Fees Due ........... $
-- Additional Fees Due ........... $
-- Revised Plan Checking Fee ....... $
/ 2. SCHOOL DISTRICT FEES 1 17 IJ 2'
(paid at District Office) C�wm +6 011 f • 1 —ZZ � �� J v "
3. SHERIFF FEES (paid at Building Division)
Residential ........ x $360.00 = $
Units
Commercial (sq.ft.)... x $0.03 = $
Sq.Ft.
4. URBAN AREA FEES (paid at Building Division)
Residential (per unit) . x : = $
#Units Amt:
Commercial (sq.ft.) .. x =$
Sq. Ft. Amt.
5. RECREATION DISTRICT FEES (paid at District Office)
6. THERMALITO DRAINAGE DISTRICT FEES
$510.00 (paid at Building Division)
7. SRA FRE INSPECTION AND PLAN CHECK
$89.00 (paid at Building Division)
8. WATER TENDER FEES (Battalion # )
$200.00 (paid at Building Division)
9. CSA 87 TRAFFIC FEE $2500.00 (paid at Building Division)
10. OTHER
At time of permit application, I was advised the above fees are required to be paid prior to issuance of the building permit.
These fees may be changed during *plan checking process.
APPLICANT DATE
Pursuant to ernmen7Code Section 6 020, you are hereby notified tha�items ,3,4,5,6,8,9, and 10 above may have been imposed on your
project. You have 90 days from the date of approval of the project or from the imposition of the above mentioned items during which you may
protest. The requirements for a protest are specified in Government Code Section 66020(a).
Original -Building Div. 2nd Copy - Applicant 3rd Copy - Owner (Rev. 2/97)
I
r.,
PLANNING DIVISION -BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL
Use: Qi"S Date:
Parking: Landscaping:
Other:
Signature:--
t
ignature:. ��
W-eftb-rook
3700CT/4024 BEDROOM • 2BATHS - CATHEDRAL THRU-OUT (946 SOFT.)
OPTION DEN
24 SERIES
CATKOM rwtU•Ouf ,'�
ovt ITE COUNIOPTION
�
COVERED A _ [UNG DEPART
LMNG ROOM
21 L" PORCH V f
OP),
E
01/31/2002 12:16 5303429174 CHICO BLDG SYSTEMS
'r.
PAGE 04
M.H.I.-2
Mobilehome Manufacturer: �` / Manufacture Year
If other than single wide, furnish S tup Model Number:
Width: ?41 (ft.) Length: �� (ft.) Tagalong or Expando Size
On all mobilehomes manufactured after October 7, 1973, furnish manufacturer's (R )
installation manual and structural setup sheets.
FOOTINGS: Wood pressure treated or foundation grade [/—]- Other:
SUPPORTS: Concrete block ( ] Other:
Provide Tie Down Specifications for all Mobilehowes:
SWGLE WIDE Pier Footings Sizes and Location
Lin I MULTI-WmE
Line 2 Line 1
Lase 2
Mea
ain Beams
Line 1 ....................... ..... Lim 2
........................
Lase 3
..............
.... • Main Beams
........ ... ......... ...... ...........
Line 2
Line 1
................................ Lhic
Tag or Triple
Ltrn 4
Linc I
Line 1 Piers:
Size minimum•
Spacing maximum:
From ends -maximum
Line 2 Piers:
Size m_ i�n_•;_murn•
Spacing maximum:
From ends -maximum:
Line 3 Roof Loads:
Size minimum:
Location (from rear):
Line 5 Roof Loads:
Size minimum:
Location (from rear):
tn
Line 1 Openings:
Siz i i m:
Each side of openings
with width over:
Line 4 Piers:
Size minimum•
Spacing maximum:
From ends -maximum:
�{�`) x igo
MHI-2
................................................... ............. ..........................................
.........................................................................................................................
. ......................................................................................................................
.............
...........
............. .................................
............
hoc ........ .............
....................................... -=XHT::DATA:*,*"***"*"""""""",*"**",***,****"""*"**
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mobilehome Manufacturer: Manufticture*.Year 1_402
If other than .single wide, furnish (Setup Model Number: . wefsaey--� ,�7�
Width: (ft.) L ' ength: )
(ft.) Tagalong or Expando Size (ft.) x (ft
On all mobilehomes manufactured after October 7, 1973, furnish manufacturer's
installation manual and structural setup sheets.
FOOTINGS: Wood pressure treated or foundation grade r\A Other:
SUPPORTS: Concrete block['] Other:
• Provide Tie'Doivn Specifications for all Mobilehomes:
Pier Footings Sizes and Location
SINGLE WIDE
MULTI -WIDE
Line I
Line 1
Line 2
.........................................................................................
Line 2
Line 2
Main Beams
............................. ........... ............................
............
0 Line 2
Line I
Line 3
Line 2
........... ** ........................ **"* ...................... .............................
.......................... _1 ......Main ..Bearns........ Line�2
......... ..
Line I
Line 5
Tag or Triple Line 4
..............................................
Line I
Line I Piers:
Size minimum: I 1XI I
Spacing maximum:
From ends -maximum: r
Line 2 Piers:
Size minimum:
Spacing maximum:
From ends -maximum
Line 3 Roof Loads:
Size minimum:
Location (from rear):
Line 5 Roof Loads:
Size minimum:'
Location (from rear):
Line I Openings:
Size minimum:
Each side of openings
with width over:
,q I x
.2,11
Line 4 Piers:
&V] X'M Size minimum: I 1XI I
O Spacing maximum:
From ends -maximum:
Myqq
OVER
MH.1-2
.......................
........ ......................................... .....................
M.*.'.'.O'.'.'B-'-'I*.'L-'-'.EH ... 01 M11 I EII::* .1 N.'.. T.'.. - A.- . T.- f - - - 0.- -- N.- ..IAT
I W .......
.....................................
... . ........... .......
.......... ........
I Owner's Name:
2 . Assessor's Parcel Number:
3 Installer's Name: SKYCREST ENTERPRISES'
4 Is the site currently under permit? Yes No [,e " Permit No.
5 . Is the .site .an.existing . site: Yes [)-f No (If yes, furnish two plot plans).
6 . What is the electrical rating of the mobilehome? Amperes.
7 . What is the mobilehome site circuit breaker rating? Amperes.
8 . "at is the electrical rating of the mobilehome site?
/per Amperes.
9 . Is the main service remote mote ft -om the mobilehome site? Yes No if it is, what is
the rating?. _Amperes.
10 . Is there any other electric load to be served by the mobilehome site electric service
(i.e. well, garage, etc.)? Yes No [,r-]'Ifyes, please'identify the load and size:
a) The mobilehome site:
Load - Amperes -
b) The main service:
Load - Amperes 7
11 Type of gas service at mobilehome site:1
Natura Propane f 4--rNone
12 . Size of gas pipe at the mobilehome site trom the meter or tank: inches.
13 What is the gas.pipe length from the meter or -tank to the mobilehome?
14 What is the mobilehome gas demand? ----BTU.-
*(This information isnot .required. if the pipe length is. less than 6 feet on natural gas or
less than 50 feet on propane).
AilTHE OTHER SIDE OF THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED IN ORDER TO
-TE vt,
*
EN PROCESS THIS PERMIT APPLICATION
-MM DEPAHTIM
7
01
f \♦
Z00/Z00
CO 30Wd
S3NOH 3N11AAS
SW31SAS OGS OOIHO
7.OR/. 000 nvQ T VVJ on T♦ '►nn� inn .ten '
DLIGZVEOES 9T:ZT 7,00Z/TE/T0
I
la
VECTOR DYNAMICS
FOUNDATION SYSTEM
WIND ZONE I & 2
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
For the State of California
INDEX
SECTION
INTRODUCTION
PIER HEIGHTS
GENERAL INSTALLATION
SET-UP I * NSTRUCTIONS
METAL PIER & V -DRIVE
PARTS LIST
CONCRETE INSTALLATION
SCHEMATICS
PAGE
'NUMBER
2
3
4
5 & 5a
6
7, 7A, 7B & 7C
8&9
WIND ZONE I - SINGLE SECTION
WIND ZONE 11
- SINGLE V -DRIVE
- METAL PIER
- DOUBLE SECTION
- TRIPLE SECTION
- SINGLE SECTION
- DOUBLE SECTION
- TRIPLE SECTION
SOIL CLASSIFICATION
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
COMPONENT PARTS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST
Foundation System
Release Date 8/13/2001
Engineer Approval
26370
IMALTH A§faj6j'�4i06
FOW8551
SUBJECT TO COR R -7:C TIONS NOTED
APPROVAL DOES NOT AUMORIZE OR APPROVE ANY
OMISSIONS OR DEVIATION FROM REQUIREMFx -IS OF
APPLICABLE STATE LAWS AND REGULATIJ, :S
State of California
Department of Housing and Community Devc1opment
_D F CODES AN
D:ARDS
By f 0_0 /
_1
Dare
C?,q?- I
No. -
Plan Approval Expires Cl —
I I For Further Information I
TIE DOWN ENGINEERING
5901 Wheaton Drive
Atlanta, GA 30336
404g3444-- 00-6-0 COU
FAX 4 092'�40
wvvw-tiedown,---'v--'rM5:-'off-
Tie Down Engineering, Inc.
• VECTOR DYNAMICS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Introduction
These instructions describe the proper use of the Vector Dynamics Foundation System in Wind Zones 1 & 2. Additional
installation instruction is available in VHS video, from manufactured housing distributors or from Tie Down Engineering, titled, Vector Dynamics Installation
Video.
The Vector Dynamics foundation system supports the home by anchoring the two longitudinal main rails. The system is approved in Wind Zone I & II &
III areas of the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards and Wind Standards; Final Rule 24CFR part 3280 for both single and multi sec-
tion homes. Instructions for Class 5, Sub Soil Conditions, (Wind Zone I & II), are available through local distributors of Vector Dynamics or directly frorn
Tie Down Engineering.
'General
The Vector Dynamics Foundation System provides the support to resist lateral and over -turning movement of the home as required by the Federal
Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards in Wind Zones I & II when the system is used as described in these instructions. See manufac-
tures Home Installation Manual for other pier & anchoring requirements The following characteristics apply to both single and mufti section homes:
• Main rail minimum spacing of 86 inches or greater.
• Nominal 8 foot or less top plate height at side walls.
• Main rail depth of 12 inches or less.
• Maximum roof slope of 20 degrees (4.4 in. in 12 in.)
• Maximum pier height under main rail of 56 inches (see page 3).
WIND ZONE I
• Maximum single section home width is 16 feet including eaves; maximum eave width of 12 inches on each longitudinal side of home.
• Maximum double section home width is 36 feet including eaves; maximum eave width of 12 inches on each longitudinal side of home.
• Maximum triple section home width is 48 feet including eaves; maximum eave width of 12 inches on each longitudinal side of home.
WIND ZONE II
• Maximum single section home width is 15 ft. including eaves, maximum eave width is 6" per side.
• Maximum single section home width of 16 ft. including eaves must use two additional vertical ties/
anchors/stabilizer plates (one per side) as listed in the charts on page 15.
• Maximum double section home width including eaves 32 ft., maximum 12" eaves per side
• Maximum triple section home width including eaves 48 ft., maximum 12" eaves per side
The Vector Dynamics Foundation Systems may be used as a part of the vertical or gravity support system considering that each set of Vector Dynamic
pad (s) has two (2) or three (3) square feet bearing area. Piers not used as part of the Vector system shall be located and constructed in accordance with
the home installation instructions and/or state standards.
To inquire about the use of the Vector Dynamics Foundation Systems with homes of four or more sections or on homes requiring pier heights greater than
56 inches which are not included in these instructions, contact Tie Down Engineering, Inc. at 800=241-1806.
The Vector Dynamics Foundation Systems may be used on homes which require pier heights not to exceed 56 inches under one or both main rail(s). See
page 3. Note that a ground anchor is used at each Vector system location in Wind Zones II & III. The use of interlocked double stacks of concrete blocks
may be required by the home manufacturer or the state. Check with the most recent regulations in California.
The Vector Dynamics Foundation System has not been designed for use on exposure "D" homes. Exposure "D" homes are homes located within 1500
feet of the coastline.
Additional vertical anchor ties that are unique to a home's design may be required by the home manufacturer. These locations include shear walls, mar-
riage line ridge beam support posts, end frame ties and rim plates. The term end frame ties refers to the longitudinal ties that are attached to a home to
resist wind load on the end wails. If longitudinal ties are required by the home installation instructions or other state standards, these longitudinal ties must
be installed and connected to anchors that are independent of other ties and anchors. See separate instructions for the use of Vector Dynamics with Tie
Down's Longitudinal Stabilization Device. The term rim plates refers to the factory brackets fastened onto the perimeter joist or specified as a location for
vertical ties.lit
aw
k
Page 2C 4111"a - /2001
Ar"
56 i
ma
Figure 1
Maximum Pier Height (Wind Zones I & II only)
The Vector Dynamics Foundation System may be used on homes which require pier heights not to exceed 56 inches
Under one or both main rail(s). Note that a ground anchor must be used at each side of a Vector system location
in Wind Zone II, and where the pier heights exceed 24 inches on a single section home in Wind Zone I. Piers
must be constructed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and/or state requirements.
The use of interlocked double stacks of concrete blocks may be required by the home manufacturer or state. Check
with the most recent regulations in your state.
56 i
ma;
Unequal Pier Heights ( Wind Zones I & II ons rigure z
5 in.
iax.
Vector Dynamics may be used on homes with unequal pier heights of 56" or less under one or both main rails.
The difference between the taller pier and the shorter pier cannot exceed 26". Note that a ground anchor must be
used at each side of a Vector system installation in Wind Zone I and where either of the pier heights in that location
exceeds 24 inches on a single section home in Wind Zone I. Only concrete blocks and pressure treated lumber
compression members are permitted on unequal pier heights using the Vector system. Piers mus a cQstructed
in accordance with themanufacturer's installation instructions and/or state requirer�.,�ents. [he�imterlocked
double stacks of concrete blocks may be required by the home manufacturer or state. Check with:the Mj ,—#Recent
regulations in your state.
Page 3^�Ca f� a ��} ` /2001
GENERAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
SITE PREPARATION
It is necessary that the home site be properly graded and sloped to prevent water and moisture from standing or
flowing beneath the home. See manufacturer's home installation manual and state requirements for grading
and other site preparation.
FOOTINGS AND FROST LINES
The Vector Dynamics Foundation System can be placed directly on top of the ground after clearing all loose
vegetation. In areas where frost line/poured footers are required, the Vector system for concrete is used. See
pages 8 & 9.
FOUNDATION/FOOTING SPECIFICATIONS FOR VECTOR PADS
Vector Pads must be used in place of conventional foundation pads for each Vector foundation system. Each
(set of) Vector Pad(s) provides two or three square feet of pier bearing support. Vector Systems should be
spaced as evenly as possible along the length of the home, with one Vector system within two feet of each end
of the home. For pier locations in between the Vector Systems, use the foundation pads normally recommended
by the home manufacturer and/or state requirements. Pier heights in excess of 24 inches or when unequal must
follow instructions printed on page 3 of these instructions. Nominal 3-1/2 inch or 4 inch Schedule 40 PVC pipe
or TDE steel compression strut (#59043) may be used only when the pier heights are similar on fairly level
ground. Steel strut and PVC are not permitted when metal pier foundations are used. The adjustable galva-
nized steel compression strut, #59043, is attached to each inside pad with a 1/2" X 2-1/2" grade 5 carriage bolt
and can only be used with the swivel connector on strap. The grade 5 bolt attaches the swivel connector and
the steel strut to the pad. When the swivel connector is used with a wooden or pipe compressive member, the
vector diagonal connector should be part #59279 not #59276. After tightening the end grade 5 bolts, adjust-
ment bolt is installed through the two square steel compression struts to lock them in place. Foundation pad size
and pier spacing must be consistent with home manufacturers' instructions and/or state requirements.
LUMBER/MOISTURE - TERMITE SHIELD
To cut lumber (2 - 2x4's or 1 - 4x4 per Vector system) for the center compression section, when using con-
crete blocks for piers, measure center to center frame (I-beam) distance and subtract 16". When using METAL
PIER STANDS, measure center to center frame distance and add 16". 3-1/2" or 4" nominal schedule 40 PVC
pipe meeting ASTM D1784 or Tie Down's steel compression strut (#59043) may be substituted for lumber
as the center compression strut under certain conditions described above. Pipe adapter bracket, part #59281
must be used with PVC pipe simultaneously with the Inside Tie Brackets, part number 59276. The pipe adapter
bracket is used on top of the pipe and under the Inside Tie Bracket. In certain regions the optional Moisture
Termite Shield may be required between the lumber and ground.
ALL WOOD MUST BE PRESSURE TREATED, GROUND CONTACT RATED.
Tip: Pre-cut your lumber and mark as to brand or model of homes you will be installing. If frame widths
are the same, the pre-cut boards will also be the same length in each Vector set-up.
STRAP TENSION
All strapping must be tight upon assembly of the Vector system. Tests have been conducted with "hand tight-
ened " strap in the Vector system to remove the need for specific tension specifications. Hand tight is defined
as removing all slack with minimum of movement available when pressing on the strap. While subsequent tight-
ening of the straps is not required, straps should be checked after any strong wind conditions, just -as conven-
tional anchor tie down straps should also be checked, to insure the maximum perfor�m�ancd 6 the foundation
system. A minimum of two factory 1/4" spot welds must be used when straps are' connected to the swivel con-
nectors with welds. ���-'����
Api
Page 4 California 001
Set -Up Instructions for the
Vector Dynamics Foundation System
#590107 (Kit #59007 is interchangeable with Kit #59018)
1. SETVECTOR FOUNDATION PADS Long short
Clear all loose vegetation from the immediate u-0on \ u -bon
area where your Vector foundation pads will
rest. Press or hammer pads into the ground.
Tip: Place a 3/8" nut on each U -bolt to keep it
in place while you position the Vector pads.
2. SET BLOCKS (OR PIERS) ON \
VECTOR FOUNDATION PADS
Center the foundation blocks over
the Vector pads. Place the pre-cut
4x4, 2x4's (side by side), Schedule
40 PVC (w/PVC adapter plate, part
#59281) or 1 adjustable TDE steel
compression member, (part
#59043) tightly between the blocks,
with ends resting on the Vector
pads, and centered on each
U -bolt.
3. OUTSIDE TENSION BRACKETS
Attach an Outside Tension Bracket
to the U -bolts on the outside of the
foundation blocks and Vector pads.
Place one of the short 6"- 2x4's
between the bracket and Vector
pad. Adjust the short 2x4 so that it
pushes against the foundation
blocks, removing any space
between the piers and center
compression section. Tighten the
3/8" bolts.
2 square foot
pad placement
or (1) 3 square
foot pad
4. INSIDE BRACKETS AND
STRAPS
Attach the Inside Tie Brackets to the
U -bolts over the pre-cut boards or
PVC. Attach a strap with hook to
each inside tie bracket. Tighten
bracket. When using looped strap and
a crimp seal, in place of the hook,
place a 3" long section of strap,
folded in half and inserted between
the strap and inside tie bracket. Place
other end of strap over the opposite I-
beam and continue down to outside
of the foundation blocks. Attach the
strap to the Outside Tension brackets
using the slotted bolt and nut
provided. Wind strap a minimum of
five times around the bolt. Continue
tightening the slotted bolt until all
slack has been removed and the
strap is tight.
5. SET ANCHORS
Refer to section home drawings for anchor installation information. Stabilizer
diagonal ties only. Preload anchor against stabilizer plate. Make certain all slack
tight. For single section homes in rocky soil conditions in Wind Zone 1 only (SI
only), use minimum of 3 each V -Drive anchors per side. See drawing on page"6-fc
Page 5
)ilr.Cla"ssificatiohs 2 & 3,
4 plic — a
ir lacement..
California 001
Set -Up Instructions for
Vector System #59018
(Kit #59018 is interchangeable with Kit #59007)
Long U -Bolts
1. Set Vector Pads
Clear all vegetation where pads will rest. Place
a long U -bolt in pad as shown. Press or ham-
mer pad into the ground.
2. Set Block or piers on pads.
Center foundation blocks or piers on pads.
Place pre-cut center compression member
between blocks, resting on pads, centers
between U -bolts as shown.
3. Outside Tension Bracket
Attach outside tension bracket as shown to out-
side of pads.
4. Inside brackets & straps
Attach the inside tie brackets to the U -bolts over
the compression member. Attach a strap
w/hook or swivel strap w/nut/washer & bolt
(washers are required). Place other end of the
strap over opposite I-beam & down to outside
tension bracket. Cut strap 12 - 15 inches past
bracket. Attach strap & slotted bolt in bracket.
Tighten strap until tight with 4-5 wraps around
bolt. Repeat with opposite strap.
Page 5a
California /2001
Vector Dynamics
Metal Pier Installation
For metal piers, place the piers in the center of the Vector pads. Set the single 4x4 or two 2x4's through the piers, centered in the U -bolts, so that the
board(s) overhangs the Vector pads on each side by about 2'. Outside Tension brackets attach the same. Inside tie brackets mount 'upside down' as
shown in drawing. Metal piers using the Vector system can only be used on level ground installations.
Conventional pier adjusters must be placed under beam with upturned edge directed towards the outside of the home. Pier capacity rating and spacing
must be consistent with home manufacturers' installation instructions and/or state requirements.
When using METAL PIER STANDS, cut lumber (2 - 2x4's or 1 - 44 per Vector system) for the center compression section, by measuring center to
center frame distance and adding 16'. Optional Moisture Termite Shield may be required in certain regions. ALL WOOD MUST BE PRESSURE
TREATED, GROUND CONTACT RATED. Adjustable steel strut (f159043) and PVC Schedule 40 pipe are not permitted to be substituted for lumber
when using metal pier stands.
V -Drive System Installation:
for rocky soil conditions
V Drive anchors are used only with
Zone 1, single section homes.
Soil Class 1,2,& 3.
V -Drive anchors are used only in Wind Zone I, on single section homes in areas where rocky soil conditions do not allow a conventional helix style
anchor to be installed. For solid rock, Soil Class 1, predrilling of holes for the V -drive rods is recommended.
Vector Systems are set following the general set up instructions provided. With the V -Drive anchor, the short 2x4 boards used with the outside tension
brackets are discarded. In place of the short 2x4's, a longer 2x4 is used as per the diagram above: This 2x4 board should extend from the base of the
Vector pier set to 5 inches from the side wall of the home.
Place the V -Drive head over the end of the longer board. Using a heavy hammer or electric hammer gun, drive the three �V Dive an or rods through
the V -Drive heads at an angle of approximately 45 degrees under the home. The rods must come to a completeettstop on•t a V -Drive head,Attach a strap
with hook, buckle or beam clamp to the frame and attach to the V -Drive head with a slotted bolt. Cut thel`strap end about -ten, MQ the anchor
head to allow at least five wraps around the slotted bolt. Continue tightening strap until all slack is out ands t gi%I ghiOr-1 Y
Page 6 F . pe; C 06rnia SI20
Part #'s included: 59310, 59288, 59135, 10925, 59279, 83044z, 59232 & 59732
Part #'s included: 59275, 59282, 59276, 83044z & 10999
Vector System 2000
Kit # 59018
Single piece pads with straps
and slotted bolts
Vector System
s e Kit # 59007
I�
lc
®®®® o
Concrete Vector System
U Kit # 59008
(for single stack blocks)
®O c 0
Part #'s included: 59277, 59282, 10530, 83044z, 59279 & 59232
Part #'s included: 59273, 59282, 10530, 83044z, 59232 & 59279
Page 7
Concrete Vector System
Kit # 59006
(for double stack blocks)
DEP�
Gal 8 2001
Vector Dynamics
Foundation Systems Component Parts List
0
Part #'s included: 59281, 59288,10925, 59232 & 83044z
Part #'s included: 59269, 59113, 59282 & 10999
Adjustable Steel
Compression Strut
P/N 59043 --
Or
these products available
at your local hardware store
cess�te u0,keM
y,AIQ
A of
I ZeaZx OQVGQ\Qe
Vector 2000 3 Sq. Ft. Pad
Part # 59271
1 required with 59026 Longitudinal System
2 required with 59024 Lateral System
Vector Lateral Hardware Kit
Kit # 59024
(for use with 59271)
V Drive Anchor Kit
Kit # 59287 (for use with Kit#59007 only)
A. Schedule 40 PVC pipe: 3-1/2" or 4" nominal
schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride pipe or conduit made
from . type 1, grade 1, with cell classification 12454
as defined in ASTM D1784. Compound dimensions
and tolerances in accordance to the requirements of
ASTM D1785D. Color can be gray or white. Outside
diameter is 4 inches.
B. Ground Contact Rated Wood: No. 2 yellow pine or
equivalent, pressure treated to AWPACI-1990 mini-
mum, stamped "Ground Contact Rated" on wood or on
label attached to the wood when purchased.
I -TE COUNI
Page 7A WWG C%it omEa�®/2001
ROVFn
_.PP _3
Vector Dynamics Individual Component Parts Detail
Vector Dynamics Single Block Pad
Part # 59275 1 Sq. Ft. 12 gauge, used in pairs
16-3/16" X 9" x 2-9/16"
Vector Dynamics 2000 Single Block Pad
Part # 59310 2 Sq. Ft. 12 gauge
18.719" x 15.625" x 3"
Vector Dynamics Single Stack Concrete Pad
Part # 59277 12 gauge
17-1/4" x 11" x 5-5/16"
Vector Dynamics Double Stack Concrete Pad
Part # 59273 12 gauge
18.75"x 18.625" x 5.188"
Vector 2000 3 Sq. Ft. Pad
Part # 59271 - 12 gauge
22.5" x 19.418" x 3"
Vector Dynamics Tension Link `'
Slotted Bolt
Part # 59282 Part # 59135
6.25" x 2.52" x 3" « 3" x 5/8"
Vector 2000 Tension Link ® Long U -Bolt w/Nuts & Washers
Part # 59288 Part # 83044Z
2.125" x 2.375" x 2.06" 3/8" x 4" (16 Threads Per Inch)
Concrete Wedge Anchor 2 ® Short U -Bolt w/Nuts & Washers
Part # 10530 Part # 10999
3/8"X 3-1/2" 3/8" x 3" (16 Threads Per Inch)
1
e
o0
0
Vector Dynamics Single Block Pad
Part # 59275 1 Sq. Ft. 12 gauge, used in pairs
16-3/16" X 9" x 2-9/16"
Vector Dynamics 2000 Single Block Pad
Part # 59310 2 Sq. Ft. 12 gauge
18.719" x 15.625" x 3"
Vector Dynamics Single Stack Concrete Pad
Part # 59277 12 gauge
17-1/4" x 11" x 5-5/16"
Vector Dynamics Double Stack Concrete Pad
Part # 59273 12 gauge
18.75"x 18.625" x 5.188"
Vector 2000 3 Sq. Ft. Pad
Part # 59271 - 12 gauge
22.5" x 19.418" x 3"
Vector Dynamics Tension Link `'
Slotted Bolt
Part # 59282 Part # 59135
6.25" x 2.52" x 3" « 3" x 5/8"
Vector 2000 Tension Link ® Long U -Bolt w/Nuts & Washers
Part # 59288 Part # 83044Z
2.125" x 2.375" x 2.06" 3/8" x 4" (16 Threads Per Inch)
Concrete Wedge Anchor 2 ® Short U -Bolt w/Nuts & Washers
Part # 10530 Part # 10999
3/8"X 3-1/2" 3/8" x 3" (16 Threads Per Inch)
1
o Protecto-Strap Carriage Bolt w/Nut & Washer
o Part #59276 p Part # 10925
6.3" x 3.3" x 7/8" ® 1/2" X 2-1/2"
Strap Protectors
Part # 59232
PVC Adaptor
Part # 59281
7.25" x 4/56" x 1.42"
Tie Down Marked &
Certified G120
Strap w/Swivel Connector
Part # Length
59732 12'
p 59734 14'
o•. 59736 16'
0
Earth Anchors
0
30" x 3/4" with 24" helix
Black Paint: Part #59095
Galvanized: Part #59079
V -Drive Head
Part #59269
p :m Drive Rods
® Part #59113
e
oa Protecto-Strap
Part # 59279
6.3" x 3.9" x 7/8"
® Carriage Bolt w/Nut & Washer
Part # 10624
3/8"-16 x 4.5"
Tie Down Marked &
Certified G60 Galvanized Strapping
Model
Part #
Length
MS35
59150
35'
MS37
59155
37'
MS42
59160
42'
MS60
59165
60'
MS600
59170
600'
0
t4 -
Frame Tie w/Hook
B ft. P/N 59195
10 ft. P/N 59210
12 ft. P/N 59211
Longer Lengths Available
Earth Anchor Stabilizer
12" wide
Black Paint: Part #59292
Galvanized: Part #59294
Vector Dynamics System
for Concrete Applications
Instructions for Vector Kit #59008
(for single stack blocks)
or Vector Kit #59006 (for single or double stack blocks)
Page 1 of 2
These instructions are an addendum to the standard Vector Dynamics instructions. Read
and follow all applicable instructions and guidelines in the Vector instructions and home
installation manual. The Vector system for concrete pads applies to concrete footers,
runners and slabs. Minimum size of concrete per Vector pier is 24" x 24" x 4"(for part
#59006 or 59008) or 18" round X 12" deep (for part # 59008 only). The bottom of footers
must be below the frost line or a minimum of 4" below finished grade whichever is
greater. Concrete rpdst be a minimum of 2500 PSI and sufficiently cured and set to
accommodate an anchor bolt to its' full load resistance.
1. Determine location of pier sets where the Vector systems will be located.
2. Place one Vector concrete pad (galy. metal) on the concrete where the pier will be
located, centered under the I-beam of the home. Place the upturned edge towards the
center of the home and directed to the opposite Vector pier. Do the same for the opposite
Vector pier.
3. Measure the distance between the two Vector system pads at the base where the Vector
pad meets the concrete. Cut two ground treated 2x4's this length and place between the
piers as shown.
4. Place a long u -bolt under the 2x4's and through the holes of the Vector pad as shown.
5. Place the concrete pier blocks on the Vector pad. Center the blocks under the frame. The
upturned edge end of the Vector pads should be up against the inside of the pier blocks.
6. Build vector piers but do not wedge at this time.
7. Using a concrete drill bit, drill two 3/8" diameter holes on each side into the concrete
using the holes in the Vector pad as a guide. Drill the holes 3 inches deep.
8. Place an outside tension bracket on the Vector pad as shown in Illustration one. Line up
the holes in the bracket, Vector pad and concrete pad.
Illustration One
Vector pa
for
concret(
Concrete
footer Page 8
Wood Cap
and wedge
Outside
Tension
Bracket
Wedge
California 8/2001
Vector Dynamics System
for Concrete Applications s
Instructions for Vector Kit #59008 (for single stack blocks) �'ctor
0
or Vector Kit #59006 (for single or double stack blocks)
Page 2 of 2
9. Put a washer and nut on one of the 3/8" x 3-3/4" wedge anchors provided. The nut should
be screwed on enough to have 1 or 2 threads showing on the top of the bolt. Place the
wedge end of the bolt into one of the holes, going through the outside tension bracket,
metal Vector pad and into the concrete.
10. Using a hammer, tap the wedge bolt into the hole. Maximum height for expansion bolt
above concrete is -2".
11. Repeat for the other hole in the outside tension bracket and the two holes on the other
Vector system, pier set.
12. Place an inside tie bracket over the u -bolt so that the lip of the bracket is between the
Vector plate and concrete blocks. Place washers and nuts on each U -bolt. Do not
tighten yet.
13. Attach a strap with hook or crimp seal to the inside tie bracket, with sufficient length to go
over the opposite pier and down to the outside tension bracket, plus 12 inches for
wrapping the slotted bolt. Repeat for the opposite side.
14. Tighten inside u -bolts at this time.
15. Use the outside tension brackets to remove any space between the outside tension
brackets, concrete blocks and the inside edge of the Vector pad, by tapping the brackets
with a hammer.
16. Wedge the pier set at this time.
17. Using a 9/16" socket wrench, tighten all of the wedge/anchor bolts, securing the outside
tension bracket and Vector pad to the concrete.
18. Using a slotted bolt in the outside tension brackets, insert strap through slotted bolt with
end of strap aligned with outside edge of bolt. Turn slotted bolt until straps are tight using
at -least five turns on the slotted bolts.
Illustration Two
e Vector pad
. _ r
of�`Ofor
asrd- \ concrete
Inside
Tie Bracket -
Concrete
Compression
' '� � f
c
11
boards
U -bolt Page 9
9 California 6/2001
WIND ZONE I
Vector D namics Systems Required -
1 V \
or ingle Section Homes
(Materials Required)
" - -
sefne
( dor oys e Dual 1 I -
_ of a 12 is sP ging a°r Sca�ta�ion ina
n
EXampstei°cos 9m,sc be to hom -
= -r \\luso and 59 9
I
WIND ZONE I
(not to scale)
00
O 2 sq. ft. pad
Soil Classifications:
Soil Bearing Capacity:
Anchors Required':
must oe consistent wan home manufacturers' installation
instructions and/or state requirements.
Maximum allowable working drag load for the
Vector System with the steel compression strut is
2, 3, 4A, & 4B 3,150 pounds per K2 Engineering test report.
1,000 PSF minimum
30" with 4" helix anchor (59095),12" stabilizer plates (55292),
1-1/4" frame ties w/4725 lbs. min. breaking strength.
Home Length
Vector Systems
Required
Anchors Required
Per Side
0 to 72'
3
2
73 to 90
4
3
• Anchor and stabilizer plate combination
Each Vector Foundation System requires
V One \kclor Kit, 2 slotted bolts
V 2 ea. 1-1/4 in, ties, length will vary with pier height
(4725 Ib. min. break),
Y 1 ea. 4 x 4 pressure treated wood
compression member
V or 2 ea. 2 x 4 pressure treated wood
compression member
V or 1 ea. 3-1/2" or 4 nominal SCH 40 PVC
pipe compression member
V or 1 TDE adjustable steel strut
WIND ZONE I - - ' - - ♦ ` '
Vector Dynamics Systems RequiredSingle Section Homes
Difficult Soil Conditions
I
pn hom ems. �dellnes• -
"gin9�e koro\Jeototon man\1al 9u
amP\e °rfs gee f \ S'p home �nstatlatl
t0
S�o
be I
" - T
k\\Uskr _ : " ` ♦ 1
---- and
1 ♦ ♦ ♦ \\\ undat\On pads _ i I - "-s;i."`l z.: ♦♦ `
I
n. max t P•
(D 2
V -Drive anchors
are used only in
WIND ZONE I
(not to scale)
Soil Classifications:
Soil Bearing Capacity:
Anchors Required':
34/0 emp•
NOTE: Vector Systems should be spaced as evenly as
is practicable along the length of the home. Pier spacing
must be consistent with home manth arers' installation
Instrucd= and/or state requirements.
Maximum allowable working drag load
for the Vector System with the steel
compression strut Is 3,150 pounds per
2 3 the K2 Engineering test report.
1,000 PSF minimum
"V" Drive Anchor, Part Number 59269
1-1/4" frame ties w/4725 lbs. min. breaking strength.
t"" r1.
Home Length
Vector Systems
Required
Anchors Required
Per Side
0 to 72'
3
3
73' to 90'
4
4
on us ng V Dr ve Anchors
Each Vector Foundation System requires
• One Vector Kit, 2 'V' Drive Anchors, 4 slotted bolts
2 ea. 1-1/4 in. tie, length will vary with pier height
(4725 Ib. min. break),
• 1 ea. 4 x 4 pressure treated wood compression member
• or 2 ea. 2 x 4 pressure treated wood
compression member
• or 1 ea. 3.1/2" or 4' nominal SCH 40 PVC pipe compression
member (center compression member only)
}" „ • or 1 TDE adjustable steel strut
V" Drivc Anchor, Part Number 59269 •2 ea. 2x4 pressure treated wood for
"V' Drive Anchor connection.
2 Sq. ft. pad Note: PVC pipe cannot be substituted for wood on the
'V" Drive Anchor connections.
C)
n)
0
a)
Metal Pier Sets
ZONE I
Vector Dynamics Systems Required
for Single Section Homes Up to 72 ft.
(Materials Required) - - . - " -
1e Seek%cfN o10sYm n al guidet\nes - "
Stn9. n9 `Ot
Xamp`e Wfs 9 net besPahome
o� s ° mut to
I '
and 5
dio°
pads a
♦
ourat
J � �Wm-
I
1
♦
� 1
`r
ZON1 �b', -
E
2 sq. ft. pad/
Soil Classifications: 2, 3, 4A, & 4B
Soil Bearing Capacity: 1,000 PSF minimum
Anchors Required: 3/4" x 30" with 4" helix anchor (59095)
12" stabilizer plates (55292), 4 ea. 1 1/4" frame ties
Materials: Each Vector Foundation System requires
one Vector Kit; 2 slotted bolts
2 ea. 1-1/4 x 12 ft. ties (4725 Ib. min, break)
1 ea. 4 x 4 wood compression member
or 2 ea. 2 x 4 wood compression member
Home Length
Vector Systems
Required
Anchors Required
Per Side '
0 to 72'
3
2
73' to 90'
4
3
mrlcnor ana staoiiizer plate combination
NOTE: Vector Systems should be
spaced as evenly as is practicable
along the length of the home.
1� TIE
DOWN
f f(G(N(! ff,,c
WIND ZDNE I _
Vector Dynamics Systems Required " " _ _ " - " " e sect"O "men\a\ gU\lie,�nes
for Double Section Homes - - " " {t dou . tot ve ma
' " - f a 72 \ spac`n9e \nsta\\a�`
(Materials Required} -' EXamPsho s gens<be to hom
\\1us1c ulna spacing
acts
a\\on
IF
_
P.
`
r
Maximum allowable working drag load
for the Vector System with the steel _
compression strut Is 3,150 pounds per
the K2 Engineering test report`
2L 17A
WIND ZONE I
o (not to scale)
04
:�4' All
'a �
00 .
O
2 sq. ft. pad
�� `lam as n: max. • '' _ ��' _
NOTE: Vector Systems should be spaced as evenly as
<'z Is practicable along the length of the home. Pier spacing
must be consistent with home manufacturers' Installation
i Inrstructlons and/or state requinemen .
Soil Classifications: 2, 3,4A, & 4B
Soil Bearing Capacity: 1,000 PSF minimum
Anchors Required: None (marriage wall anchors may be required by home manufacturer)
Home Length
Vector Systems
Required
0to48'
2
48' to 71'
3
72' to 89'
4
Each Vector Foundation System requires
• One Vector Kit, 2 slotted bolts
• 2 ea. 1-1/4 in. lies, length will vary with pier height
(4725 lb. min. break),
• 1 ea. 4 x 4 pressure treated wood
compression member
• or 2 ea. 2 x 4 pressure treated wood
compression member
• or 1 ea. 3-1/2" or 4" nominal SCH 40 PVC
pipe compression member
• or 1 TDE adjustable steel strut
WIND ZONE 1
Vector Dynamics Systems Re
for Multi Section Homes
(Materials Required)
Soil Classifications: 2, 3, 4A, & 48
Soil Bearing Capacity: 1,000 PSF minimum
Iv,
juired
�\ SepV0ectoQ ste^ua\ 9u` dellnes
m0
e6S1 e;�h\nom \ Vista\1at�on
G� _
I \ \ \ \ F 111 ^d 9P0C n9 must be to o
\
found Pads \ \ I \
C ` L J.
\ I
Home Length
Vector Systems Required
Anchors Required
Per Side
Homes up to 48'
2 Vector Foundation Systems
0
Homes over 48'
3 Vector Foundation Systems
0
up to 52'
Homes over 52'
4 Vector Foundation Systems
0
up to 76'
M' �M _�®®
LAI
WIND ZONE 1 ,
Maximum allowable working drag load
NOTE: Shear wall, ridge beam support posts & for the Vector System with the steel
r$ marriage wall straps & anchors may be required by ^0 the home manufacturer. compression strut is 3,150 pounds per
Vector systems should be spaced as evenly as Is the K2 Engineering test report.
r 2r H phcticable along the length of the home. A two foot
O variance + or - Is allowable at each system.Pler
spacing must be consistent with the home Installation
3• � Y;anual. Materials: Each Vector foundation system requires
One Vector Kit
2 ea. 1-1/4 in. ties (4725 lb. min, break)
1 ea. 4 x 4 wood compression member
r. or 2 ea. 2 x 4 wood compression member
s; . s;"' ac°: i '• i - or 3-1/2" or 4" nominal SCH40 Pipe
compression member or 1 TOE adjustable
co 2 sq. ft. pad steel strut
N
O
O
WIND ZONE II (Hurricane)
Vector Dynamics Systems Required
for Single Section Homes ome nes. `
efns
(Materials Required} '' " - in9\e secJe� ° manual g"idelt l _ _
{ a 2 � spac'nge°nstatlatio
EXamp� \O s gensr be to hom -
- tttustratnd spac'n9 m
` ♦ dation Pads a
I F oun
_
ZOO
a.; WIND ZONE II
d �>
�not,-,toscale)
N A, 'dei"
7
00
N
O
O
0 2 sq. ft. padr
Home Length
tYP
Anchors Required
"NOTE: For single section homes 2tt.max
:,• :: ,, _ -
_ with eaves that exceed 6 inches
4
in Zone 2, two additional frame
`
tie anchors with stabilizer plates
5
(one anchor and one plate per
ti\
side) must be Installed in additon
6
to the number of anchors listed
7
In the chart below.
7
Maximum allowable working drag load
for the Vector System with the steel
Soil Classifications:
compression strut is 3,150 pounds per
2, 3, 4A, & 413 the K2 Engineering test report.
Soil Bearing Capacity:
1,000 PSF minimum
Anchors Required':
30" with 4" helix anchor (59095),
1-1/4" vertical ties w/4725 lbs. min. breaking strength.
Home Length
Vector Systems
Required
Anchors Required
Eaves 6"
or less
Eaves over 6"
less than or
equal to 12"
0to48'
4
4
5
49' to 60"
5
5
6
61' to 72'
6
6
7
73" to 84'
7
7
8
85' to 90'
8
8
9
Vector Systems should be spaced as evenly as is
practicable along the length of the home. Pier spacing
must be consistent with home manufacturers'
Instructions and/or state requirements.
Each Vector Foundation System requires
• One Vector Kit, 2 slotted bolts
2 ea. 1-1/4 in. ties• length will vary with pier
height (4725 Ib. min. break).
• 1 ea. 4 x 4 pressure treated wood
compression member
• or 2 ea. 2 x 4 pressure treated wood
compression member
or 1 ea. 3-1/2"or 4' nominal
SCH 40 PVC pipe compression
membe r r
or 1 TOE adjustable steel Strut
n0i
3
N
0
N
0
0
WIND ZONE II - - -
Vector Dynamics Systems Required
for Double Section Homes " _ - _ - " do�b�e ioc�ec t s man a� 9�;de���es•lc - , :,�
(Materials Required) - " - 2 cin9 . lw -
-4 a 7 f� t soa _o ,msta
Maximum allowable working drag load
for the Vector System with the steel
compression strut Is 3,150 pounds per
the K2 Engineering test report.
NOTE:
Vector Systems should be spaced as evenly as Is prat
the length of the home. Pier spacing must be consists
manufacturers' Instructions and/or state requirements
WIND ZONE II
(not to scale)
\2 sq. ft. pad/
Soil Classifications: 2, 3, 4A, & 4B
Soil Bearing Capacity: 1,000 PSF minimum
Anchors Required': 30" with 4" helix anchor (59095),
1-1/4" vertical ties w/4725 lbs. min. breaking strength.
Home Length
Vector Systems
Required
Anchors Required
Per Side'
0 to 48'
4
4
49' to 60"
5
5
61' to 72'
6
6
73" to 84'
7
7
85' to 90'
8
8
Each Vector Foundation System requires
• One Vector Kit, 2 slotted bolts
• 2 ea. 1-1/4 in. lies, length will vary with pier
height (4725 Ib. min. break).
• 1 ea. 4 x 4 pressure treated wood
compression member
• or 2 ea. 2 x 4 pressure treated wood
compression member
or 1 ea. 3-1/2" or 4' nominal
SCH 40 PVC pipe
compression member
• or 1 TDE adjustable steel Strut
s
V
v
cfl
(D
v
WIND ZONE 2
Vector Dynamics Systems Required
3 Section Homes
(Materials Required)
Maximum allowable working drag load
for the Vector System with the steel
compression strut Is 3,150 pounds per
the K2 Engineering test report.
WIND ZONE 2
°��svme� a1 guidelines
- - amP10 0e^e a sP home 1^s\allauo^ I � ` \
I
be `o
Sra d S93
d
I . Fou^dello^
I 1 ti
• b '
_
♦ I �.. �� ......._. _ — he `.. 2\t'T>•t.PN ;
� I
♦ I I — ` I
♦
I � I
NOTE: Longitudinal stabilization Is required.
Vector systems should be spaced as evenly as is
practicable along the length of the home. Pier spacing
must be consistent with thehome Installation manual.
2 sq.11. pad
Soil Classifications:
Soil Bearing Capacity:
2, 3.4A,&4B
1.000 PSF minimum
Home Length
Vector Systems Required
Anchors Required
Per Side
Homes up to 48'
4 Vector Foundation Systems
4
Homesover 49'
5 Vector Foundation Systems
5
up to 60'
Homes over 61'
6 Vector Foundation Systems
6
up to 72'
Homes over 73'
7 Vector Foundation Systems
7
up to 84'
Homes over 85'
8 Vector Foundation Systems
8
up to 90'
Materials:
'Anchors Required: 3/4' x 30" anchor (59095),
with vertical straps
Each Vector foundation system requires
One Vector Kit
2 ea. 1-1/4 in. lies (4725 lb. min. break)
1 ea. 4 x 4 wood compression member
or 2 ea. 2 x 4 wood compression member
or 3-1/2' or 4" nominal SCH40 Pipe
compression member or 1 TDE adjustable
steel strut
VECTOR DYNAMICS INSTALLATION DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS
This Vector Dynamics Foundation system instruction is applicable only on homes set on soils classified
as Class 4A 4B, 3 and 2 as described in the table below. For separate instructions for sub -soil, Class
5 conditions (above 50 in. Ibs.), contact Tie Down Engineering.
SOIL CLASSIFICATIONS
Soil Class
Types of Soils
Blow Count (ASTM
Soil Test Probe (1)
D1586)
Torque Value (2)
1
Sound hard rock......
NA
NA
Ver "dense and/or
40 -up
More than 550 in. lbs.
cemented sands, coarse
2
gravel and cobbles,
preloaded silts; clays,
and corals
Medium -dense coarse
24-39
350-549 in. lbs.
3
sands, sandy gravels, very
stiff silts and clays
4A
Loose to medium dense
14-23
275-349 in. lbs
sands, firm to stiff clays
4B
and silts, alluvian fill
175-275 in. lbs
Peat, organic silts,
0-14
175 in. lbs
5
inundated silts, loose fine
and lower
sand, alluvium, loess,
varied clays, fill, fly ash.
(1) The purpose of the soil test probe is to gage the strength of the soil below the surface
and near the anchor's helical plate. The strength of the soil is estimated in terms of its'
resistance to penetration (flow) under load by means of the torque probe and is measured in
inch lbs. The test probe has a helix on it. The overall length of the helical section is 10.75 in.;
the major diameter is 1.25 in.; the minor diameter is 0.81 in.; the pitch is 1.75 in. The shaft
must be of suitable length for anchor depth.
(2) A measure synonymous with moment of a force when distributed around the shaft of the test
probe.
Information about geographical areas of termite infestations which might require, thb option aa� t
and moisture shield when a wood compression member is used may�b"e� *obtained-
btained from the Io(
building official or may be found in the 1995 edition of the One and Two Familvalnwalr'inn rr. -a fi
Page 18 California 8/2001
Building Permit Number:
Owner Name: /i("
Residential Construction Requirements
IMPORTANT
This set of plans and specifications MUST be kept on the job site at all times and it is
unlawful to make any changes or alterations on same without written permission from the
Building Division, County of Butte.
All materials and workmanship shall be in accordance with recognized good practices
and of a quality prescribed for the specific use in the 1998 California Building Code
(1997 U.B.C), 1998 California Plumbing Code ( 1997 U.P.C.), 1998 California
Mechanical Code (1997 U.M.C.) and the 1998 California Electrical Code (1996 N.E.C.)
COMPLY WITH ITEMS CHECKED BELOW
aYour parcel lies within a designated 100 -year flood plain. Finish floor, electrical,
H.V.A.C. equipment and services shall be a minimum of one foot above the elevation
shown on the attached Flood Elevation Certificate. A Post Flood Elevation Certificate
will also be required
Note: We will normally accept the following as compliance with the flood elevation
requirements:
1. Building is anchored to concrete stemwall system with conventional anchor bolts.
2. Building plate on top of stemwall to be one foot or more above the 100 -year flood
elevation. (Plate height less than 24" above grade, or engineered design required).
3. Electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing and air conditioning equipment and
facilities located above the plate.
4. At least 2 openings in exterior walls, located on opposite or adjacent walls with a total
net area of not less than 1 square inch for every square foot of enclosed area.
5. The bottom of the openings shall be no higher than 1 foot above grade.
6. The openings may be screened or covered with other devices that will permit
automatic entry and exit of floodwater.
Paget of 2
Building Permit Number: 02
Owner Name: / j Y
Parcel lies within the State Responsibility Area (SRA). Comply with attached
requirements.
❑ Fire sprinklers are required in this structure.
❑ The following parcel map requirements shall be met:
All structures and equipment including overhangs shall be clear of all easements.
A setback of feet from the side and feet from the rear property lines and 20
feet (25 feet if Federal Aid Route) from the edge of the right of way shall be clear of
structures and equipment except for a 2 foot overhang.
❑ Expansive soil may be encountered on this site. This condition may require the
foundation to be designed by a California registered engineer or licensed architect.
0
Page 2 of 2
2-46 1
-12'
-12 I 17'-4' I 10'-8'--I
I � m
:j
I �
I} O c
I �=r
-75
0 I (D . J
O O
C I Oji��
yI CD
1
ELEC. DRAIN�AS
13'-3
s" WATER
' 25'-10'
2-46 1
-12'
-12 I 17'-4' I 10'-8'--I
40'-0 1 4014-3CK-2B-CATH
I--10'-8'�
OPT DEN
SIML ME
DNAVN Br. f L HIND ZONE: 151
DA=03/13/1030 Roor min O.m
3700 -CT
Tl-
:j
3.
40'-0 1 4014-3CK-2B-CATH
I--10'-8'�
OPT DEN
SIML ME
DNAVN Br. f L HIND ZONE: 151
DA=03/13/1030 Roor min O.m
3700 -CT
Tl-
rte!s.:^a!!j�j..a..-.�.i.y:a ... ....riY . .n-�....w .wp. ti. w. . .r ; r .�., � .. ..+r.. .. ♦ .
f ` BUTTE. COUNTY SCHOOLS IMPACT FEE CERTIFICATION FORM
(One form per Building)
School District (��!/! ( 1,5
A.P. Number 1- �� Jurisdiction: City
Property Owner rr k_
Property Location/Address
Building Department No. f#
County^
a
Subdivision Lot No. 1
.............................................. 7G tie
Residential Development 0 Sq. Footage
No of Living Mobile Home Addition 'Supplemental to - (Group R)
Units Installation Conversion Permit #
?� '(No foundation inspection)r
....................................................
Commercial/Industrial
New
Addition
District Identification No.
315' f cGJ
treet Address)
A
(Floor Plans reviewed by School District Personnel)
r
C
Sq. Footage,?
i (Including Exterior
Roofed Areas)
Q
Date
4
�1
School District certifies that Lzz kir L
(Applicant)
I? Gzz
(Phone Number)
(City) (State) (Zip Code►
has complied with the requirements of Resolution No. �ti� �.� by payment of $
qrepresenting square feet"6 ..
r, AB 2926 $
- I $
y�My.
Paid by Check # Remarks-
Date
i
Notice: You may protest the imposition of the fees identified above by ;submitting a written protest to the District, in compliance with
Government Code Section 660201x►, within 90 days from the date fees are paid. Failure to submit a timely written protest will prohibit
you from challenging the imposition of the fees in any courtaction. V
If, subsequent to the School District Representative signing this Butte County Schools Impact Fee Certification Form, the School District is
notified by the applicable Local Planning Agency that this project is being reviewed under the California Environmental Quality Act ICEQA),
this project may be subject to additional school fees to fully mitigate its impact on the school district's schools. r''
White (applicant), Yellow (building department), Pink (school district) t` feeformAs (10/98)dmm
SKYLINE
CORPORATION
NL4NUFACTURED
HOME
INSTALLATION
MANUAL
-;WINE�
BRINGING AMERICA HOME. BRINGING AMERi(A FuN.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 — Introduction ................... 1
Chapter 2 — Definitions ..................... 2
Chapter 3 — Site Preparation
Zone Maps .....................
3
Site Grading ....................
4-5
Description of Soils ....:.........
5
Chapter 4 — Foundation and Support Requirements
Piers ..........................
6
Design Requirements .............
6
Design Procedures ...............
6-7
Acceptable Footings ..............
7
Placement in Freezing Climates .....
7
Proper Sizing of Footings ..........
7
Permanent Foundations ...........
7
Flood -Prone Areas ...............
7
Severe Wind Areas ...............
7
Special Snow Load Conditions ......
7
Important Reference Documents .....
7
Typical Installations ...............
8
Typical Pier Construction ..........
9
Support Requirements ............
10-12
— Single Wides ................
10
— Double Wides ...............
11-12
Sidewall Openings ...............
12
Pavilion Dormer Blocking ..........
13
Footing Sizes ...................
13-14
Chapter 5 — Set -Up Procedures
Moving Home to Location ..........
15
Positioning Home ................
15
Leveling and Blocking .............
15-17
— Single Wides ................
15-16
— Double Wides ...............
17
Adjustable Outrigger ..............
18
Use of Water Level ...............
19
Double Wide Interconnection .......
20-21
Tie Down Instructions .............
22-23
Over -The -Roof Straps .............
23
Anchor Tables Wind Zone I .........
24-26
Anchor Tables Wind Zone II & III .....
27-28
Anchor Tables for 102" Sidewalls .....
29
Longitudinal Tie Down Instructions ....
30
Tie Down Example ...............
31
Double Wide Exterior Closure .......
32-34
— Masonite Siding ..............
32
— Vinyl Lap Siding ..............
33
— HardiPanel & HardiPlank Siding ..
34
WARNING
47
ONLY EXPERIENCED PERSONS
KNOWLEDGEABLE OF MANUFACTURED
HOME SETUP PROCEDURES SHOULD SET UP
THIS HOME.
Chapter 5 — Set -Up Procedures — Continued
41
Installation of Shingle Roof .........
35-36
Double Wide Utility Interconnection ...
37-40
— Bonding ...................
37
— Electrical Crossover ..........
37
— Heating Crossover ............
38
— Gasline Crossover ............
39
— Waterline Cross Connect .......
39
— Drainline Cross Connect .......
40
Installation of Exterior Light Fixtures ...
40
Venting of Skirting and Crawlspace ...
40
Metal Roof Tightening ............
40
Porches & Decks ................
40
Chapter 6 — Installation of Optional Features
Electrical Dryer Venting ...........
41
Gas Dryer Installation .............
41
Gas Water Heater Venting .........
41
Grill/Range Venting ...............
41
Paddle Fan Installation ............
42-43
— Flush Ridge Beam ............
42
— Protruding Ridge Beam ........
43
— False Beam .................
43
Air Conditioning Electrical Connect ...
44
Evaporative Cooler ...............
44
Dealer Installed Blend Air ..........
45
Expanding Rooms, Slide -Outs ......
46
Site Attached Structures ...........
46
Garage Ready Units ..............
46
Hinged Roofs and Eaves ..........
46
Ceiling Fans ....................
46
Telephone and Cable TV ..........
46
Fireplace Installation ..............
46
Field Installed Hearth .............
46
Field Installed Fireplace Chimney ....
47
Chapter 7 — Utility System Connection and Testing
Water .........................
48
Drainage — Connection ............
48
Drainage — 1, 1-1/2, 1-3/4 & 2 Bath ...
48
Gas ..........................
48-49
Electrical ......................
50
Outside Panel Box ...............
50
Electrical System Test ............
50
Multi -Section Frame Bonding .......
51
Typical Under -Chassis
Feed Connections .............
51
Typical Meter Base Installation ......
51
Meter Base & Panel w/Masthead ....
52
Chapter 8 — Protective Window Coverings ..... 53-58
Chapter 9 — Final Inspection
Final Inspection ................. 59
Installation Inspection Checklist ..... 59
NOTE: THIS MANUAL IS INTENDED TO INSTRUCT AND TO ASSIST ALREADY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IN PROPER
INSTALLATION OF SKYLINE MANUFACTURED HOMES. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO ENABLE SOMEONE UNFAMILIAR
WITH MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION TO PERFORM THE INSTALLATION.
SETUP SHOULD BE DONE ONLY BY QUALIFIED PEOPLE. WHOEVER DOES THE SETUP SHOULD GUARANTEE
THEIR WORK IN WRITING FOR A REASONABLE TIME AND SHOULD, IF NECESSARY, AGREE TO RELEVEL THE
HOME WITHIN 90 DAYS AFTER THE INITIAL SETUP.
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION
PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO SET-UP!
This Skyline home was engineered, constructed and
inspected for conformance to the Federal Manufactured
Home Construction and Safety Standards in effect on the
date of manufacture. This National Standard sets forth com-
prehensive requirements for design construction, fire safety,
plumbing, heating systems and electrical systems for
manufactured homes designed to be used as dwellings.
This manual contains detailed installation instructions,
including specifications and procedures for erection and
hookup of your manufactured home. It has been written in
an objective and easy -to -understand manner so it can be
understood by people without extensive technical training. It
discusses the set-up of the home from preparing the site
through final inspection. It includes many tables and figures
giving important data for proper set-up. Careful adherence to
this manual by the homeowner and installation crew, and
consultation with a registered professional or structural
engineer in those unusual circumstances it does not cover,
will assure you of a quality, safe and affordable home for
many years to come.
Prior to locating or relocating your home, contact the
local authority having jurisdiction for installation to see if
permits for such procedures as blocking, anchoring, or utility
connections are required. Inspections may be required dur-
ing installation. On private property, zoning or development
covenants may apply and should be taken into considera-
tion. NOTE: Preparations of the site, when accom-
plished by others than the home installer, may not be in
accordance with these instructions.
THE IMPORTANCE OF CORRECT SETUP CANNOT
BE OVEREMPHASIZED. Correct set-up is absolutely essen-
tial to homeowner satisfaction. If you are not absolutely
certain of the proper procedure or you encounter unusual
conditions, please contact your factory service representative.
THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN ARE MIN-
IMUM REQUIREMENTS. APPLICABLE LOCAL OR STATE
LAW MAY HAVE OTHER OR GREATER REQUIREMENTS
WHICH MUST BE COMPLIED WITH TO OBTAIN OR
REGAIN THE RIGHT TO OCCUPY THE HOME.
REVIEWED BY ENGINEERING DEPT.
ISSUED BY FOLLOW-UP SERVICES DEPT.
OCT. 6,20M
UNDERWRITERS'
LABORATORIES, INC.
The recommended procedures contained in this manual
are intended to assist in proper installation of this home.
Field experience may justify alternate acceptable proce-
dures which, when completed, result in performance at
least equal to that which will result from conformance to the
details and specifications herein. For example, on double
wide installation you may find it advantageous, due to local
conditions, to bolt the floors together prior to bolting roof
halves together, or vice versa. Either method is acceptable
as long as the bolting schedule is adhered to.
NOTE: A MANUFACTURED HOME SET UP IN THE
WRONG STRUCTURAL ZONE DOES NOT MEET THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE FEDERAL MANUFACTURED
HOME CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY STANDARDS.
BEFORE COMMENCING SETUP, SEE CONSTRUCTION
INFORMATION, LOCATED IN THE MASTER BEDROOM
CLOSET OR AT THE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION
PANELBOARD, FOR DESIGNATION OF ZONE FOR
WHICH THE HOME WAS CONSTRUCTED.
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SUCH AS EXPANDO
UNITS, TRIPLE WIDE UNITS, AND PERIMETER
BLOCKED UNITS WILL BE COVERED IN SUPPLE-
MENTS TO THIS MANUAL. CONTACT YOUR FACTORY
OR DEALER IF THIS HOME HAS ANY SUCH FEA-
TURES AND YOU DO NOT HAVE THE APPLICABLE
SUPPLEMENTS.
WARNING: ONLY TRAINED CREWS SHOULD INSTALL
THE HOME. INSTALLERS SHOULD FOLLOW THE
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED IN THIS MANUAL.
THIS HOME WEIGHS SEVERAL TONS
USE ENOUGH TEMPORARY WOOD BLOCKING TO
SUPPORT THE HOME DURING SETUP.
No one should be allowed under the home unless it is
securely in place, even if it is not m,��41n,0,"i
o �
•O`�cQ`�Y
t`�G\STE �i
� 1M n
112V 1*
-
OF .'
If.
The technical content of this Installation Manual has been reviewed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. and
found to be in accordance with the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards.
CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS
ANCHORING EQUIPMENT: Straps, cables, turnbuckles and chains, including tensioning devices,
that are used with ties to secure a manufactured home to ground anchors.
ANCHORING SYSTEM: A combination of ties, anchoring equipment, and ground anchors that will,
when properly designed and installed, resist the wind's overturning the home or moving it sideways.
FOOTING: That part of the support system that sits directly on the ground at, below or partly below
grade to support the piers.
PERIMETER SUPPORT: The portion of a support system that supports the sidewalls at the floor line.
PIER: That portion of the support system between the footing and the manufactured home, exclusive
of caps and shims. Types of piers include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Manufactured Steel Stands
2. Manufactured Concrete Stands, and
3. Concrete Blocks
SITE, MANUFACTURED HOME: A parcel of land designed and designated for the location of one
manufactured home, its accessory buildings or structures, and accessory equipment for exclusive use
of the home's occupants.
STABILIZING SYSTEM: A COMBINATION OF PROPERLY INSTALLED ANCHORING AND SUP-
PORT SYSTEM.
STAND, MANUFACTURED HOME: That area of a manufactured home site which has been reserved
for placement of a manufactured home.
SUPPORT SYSTEM: A combination of footings, piers, caps and shims that will, when properly
installed, support the manufactured home.
2
CHAPTER 3 SITE PREPARATION
ZONE MAPS OF THE UNITED STATES
ME
ND
ID SD 7"W
MI
IA PA
;'IL IN OH
UT I CA KS MO ikev Vi
AZ NM OK AR C
AAS AL GA
Tx LA
FL
HI p
❑ SOUTH 20 PSF
❑ MIDDLE 30 PSF
ROOF LOAD ZONE MAP N NORTH 40 PSF
,.�-'' WIND ZONE MAP
❑ ZONE I
11 ZONE II
■ ZONE III
The following local governments listed by state (county/
parishes, unless noted otherwise) are located in WIND
ZONE II:
ALABAMA - Baldwin and Mobile
FLORIDA - All counties except those identified as being within
Wind Zone III.
GEORGIA - Bryan, Camden, Chatham, Glynn, Liberty and
McIntosh
LOUISIANA - Acadia, Allen, Ascension, Assumption,
Calcasieu, Cameron, East Baton Rouge, East Feliciana,
Evangeline, Iberia, Iberville, Jefferson Davis, LaFayette,
Livingston, Pointe Coupee, St. Helena, St. James, St. John the
Baptist, St. Landry, St. Martin, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa,
Vermillion, Washington, West Baton Rouge and West Feliciana.
MAINE - Hancock and Washington
MASSACHUSETTS - Barnstable, Bristol, Dukes, Nantucket and
Plymouth.
MISSISSIPPI - George, Hancock, Harrison, Jackson, Peari River
and Stone.
NORTH CAROLINA - Beaufort, Brunswick, Camden, Chowan,
Columbus, Craven, Currituck, Jones, New Hanover, Onslow,
Pamlico, Pasquotank, Ponder, Perquimans, Tyrrell and Washington.
SOUTH CAROLINA - Beaufort, Berkeley, Charleston, Colleton,
Dorchester, Georgetown, Hony, Jasper and Williamsburg.
3
"� HEATING AND COOLING ZONE MAP
IN WIND ZONES 11 AND III, UNLESS
THE HOME AND ITS ANCHORING
AND FOUNDATION SYSTEM HAVE
BEEN DESIGNED FOR THE IN-
CREASED REQUIREMENTS OF EX-
POSURE `D' OF ANSI/ASCE 7-88, IT
SHOULD NOT BE LOCATED WITHIN
1500 FEET OF THE COASTLINE.
WIND ZONE II (continued):
TEXAS - Arkansas, Brazoria, Calhoun, Cameron, Chambers,
Galveston, Jefferson, Kenedy, Kleberg, Matagorda, Nueces,
Orange, Refugio, San Patricio and Willacy.
VIRGINIA (The cities of) - Chesapeake, Norfolk, Portsmouth,
Princess Anne and Virginia Beach.
The following local governments listed by state (county/
parishes, unless noted otherwise) are located in WIND
ZONE III:
FLORIDA - Broward, Charlotte, Collier, Dade, Franklin, Gulf,
Hendry, Lee, Martin, Manatee, Monroe, Palm Beach, Pinellas
and Sarasota.
LOUISIANA -Jefferson, La Fourche, Orleans, Plaquemines, St.
Bernard, St. Charles, St. Mary and Terrebonne
NORTH CAROLINA - Carteret, Hyde and Dare.
The following states and territories are within
WIND ZONE III:
State of HAWAII
ALASKA - coastal regions between the 90 mph isotach on
ASCE 7- 88 wind map and the coast.
U.S. TERRITORIES - American Samoa, Northern Mariana
Islands, Trust Territory of Pacific Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico and
U.S. Virgin Islands.
SITE PREPARATION (Continued)
SITE PREPARATION
The importance of site preparation for a problem -free
installation cannot be overstated. All vegetation must be
removed from under the home site. The site must be prop-
erly graded and sloped to provide for storm drainage runoff.
In particular, the area under the home must be graded to
prevent water accumulation. Skyline Corp. recommends the
home site slope 10 feet in all directions away from the
home. If the home is sited on sloping terrain or a hillside, the
soil must be graded on all sides to channel storm runoff
around the home and not under it. If the home is set in a pit,
it is extremely important to provide water drainage from
under and around the home.
WARNING: THE AREA UNDER AND AROUND THE
HOME MUST BE SLOPED TO PREVENT WATER ACCU-
MULATION. EXCESSIVE MOISTURE UNDERTHE HOME
CAN CAUSE UNNECESSARY DETERIORATION, AND
CAUSE CONDENSATION PROBLEMS, WHICH COULD
AFFECT THE HOME'S WARRANTY. IT COULD ALSO
AFFECTTHE STABILITY OFTHE FOOTINGS AND PIERS
WHICH SUPPORT THE HOME.
If the home is to be perimeter skirted or "pit -set," ventila-
tion of the under -floor area is required to minimize the effect
of moisture under the home. Ventilation openings must be
provided in the under -floor enclosure or skirting on at least
three (3) sides (preferable on all sides) with a net area of at
least one square foot per 150 square feet of floor area. The
required ventilators are to be approximately equally spaced
around the perimeter of the home with a ventilation opening
within three (3) feet of each outside corner.
Proper support of the manufactured home must allow for
soil conditions in the immediate area. Pier footings must be
placed on firm undisturbed soil (not loose fill) or soil which
has been compacted to at least 90 percent of its maximum
relative density. Support piers may also be placed directly
on concrete slabs designed for manufactured home place-
ment as found in manufactured home communities.
After completion of grading and filling (if necessary), the
bearing capacity of the soil at the depth of the footings
should be determined. A pocket penetrometer (available
from engineering supply houses) or other method accept-
able to local jurisdictions may be used. If the soil cannot be
tested but can be identified, use the foundation bearing
pressures shown in Figure 3-1 as a guide. If the soil cannot
be identified, use the lowest value, 1,000 PSF. Under
unusual conditions, or if the soil appears to be peat or
uncompacted soil, consult a local geologist or professional
engineer for aid.
CAUTION
EXCESSIVE WATER IN THE SOIL UNDER THE HOME WILL CAUSE UNNECESSARY DETERIORATION OF THE HOME
AND AFFECTTHE COMFORT LEVEL IN THE HOME. CONTINUOUS STANDING WATER UNDER THE HOME CAN CAUSE
CONDENSATION PROBLEMS AND AFFECT THE HOME'S WARRANTY.
PREVENTION OF WATER BENEATH THE HOME
SINGLE SECTIONAL
QQ CROWN AND DON'T GRADE
GRADE SITE TO SITE SO THAT
SLOPE AWAY WATER COLLECTS
FROM HOME I L BENEATH THE HOME na
DOUBLE SECTIONAL
hd
DD CROWN AND
GRADE SITE TO
SLOPE AWAY
FROM HOMEIw6h
DON'T GRADE
SITE SO THAT
WATER COLLECTS
BENEATH THE HOME
TRIPLE SECTIONAL
DO
DON'T GRADE
CROWN AND
SITE SO
GRADE SITE
THAT WATER
TO SLOPE
COLLECTS
AWAY FROM
BENEATH
HOME
THE HOME
4
SITE PREPARATION (Continued)
GROUND BARRIER
There is a strong tendency for ground moisture to be drawn into the home, greatly complicating efforts to control humidity
and condensation.
A ground moisture -vapor retarder of 6 mil. rated polyethylene plastic, vinyl or similar material laid on the ground surface
under the home is recommended to assist in controlling the humidity in the home.
General Description
of Soils
Soil Type
Allowable Pressure
(Pounds Per Square Foot)
Based on the Unified Classification System
No allowances made for overburden pressure, embedment,
depth, water table height, or settlement problems.
Rock or Hard Pan
4,000 and up
Sandy Gravel and Gravel
2,000
Sand, Silty Sand, Clayey Sand
Silty Gravel, or Clayey Gravel
1,500
Clay, Sandy Clay,
1,000
Silty Clay, or Clayey Silt
Uncommitted Fill
Special Analysis is Required
Peat or Organic Clays
Special Analysis is Required
NOTE:
To be used only when none of the following is available:
a. Soils investigation and analysis of the site.
b. Compliance with the local building code.
c. Competent opinion by a local engineer or building official.
d. If the soil bearing capacity is less than 1,000 PSF, consult a professional engineer for foundation system requirements.
Fig. 3-1
5
CHAPTER 4 FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT
REQUIREMENTS
NOTE: This chapter covers only foundations. Page 8 sum-
marizes the usual types. Set-up procedures and methods
for securing the home to its foundation are discussed in
Chapter 5.
A home that is certified for a higher roof load zone than the
area that it is installed, may be set on a foundation system that
is designed for the roof load zone for that area of the country.
For example, a home that is certified to withstand a 30 PSF
roof load is installed in a 20 PSF roof load zone area. The sup-
port under the home need only be designed for the 20 PSF
roof load, in accordance with the requirements set forth in this
manual.
PIERS
Importance. Incorrect size, location or spacing of piers may
cause serious structural damage to the home. It is important
to install piers around the perimeter if required for the home.
Failure to do so may lead to sagging floors, walls and roofs.
Acceptable Types. Piers may be concrete blocks or pres-
sure treated wood, capped and shimmed with wedges, or
adjustable manufactured metal or concrete devices (see
Figure 4-2). Manufactured piers should be listed and labeled
for the required load capacity.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Load -Bearing Capacity. The load that each pier must carry
depends on factors such as the dimensions of the home,
the roof live load, the spacing of the piers, and the way they
are used to support the home. Center beam/marriage wall
blocking is required for multisection homes.
See tables 1 and 2 for pier capacities. Manufactured piers
must be rated to at least these capacities, and locally con-
structed piers must be designed to transmit these loads safely.
Configuration. Figure 4-2 shows the recommended arrange-
ment of concrete piers constructed on-site. Concrete blocks
should have nominal dimensions of at least 8" x 16". They
must be stacked with their hollow cells aligned vertically.
When piers are constructed of blocks stacked side-by-side,
every layer should be at right angles to the previous one
(See Figure 4-2).
Cap hollow block piers as shown in Figure 4-2 to distrib-
ute the structural load evenly across them. Caps may be of
solid masonry or hard wood, and of the same length and
width as the piers they rest upon. Avoid plywood, as it may
lead to unwanted settling or movement.
Use 4" x 6" hardwood shims (wedges) to level the home
and fill any gaps between the base of the I-beam and the
top of the pier cap. Always use shims in pairs (See Figure 4 -
Z
2). Drive them in tightly so they do not occupy more than 1"
of vertical space. When the space to be shimmed is less
than the minimum thickness of available caps or concrete
blocks, dimension lumber may be used under the caps.
Select manufactured pier heights so that their adjustable
risers do not extend more than recommended by the man-
ufacturer when finally positioned.
All piers must rest on footings that either extend below the
frost line or are otherwise protected from frost effects, and
are placed on either undisturbed soil or compacted fill.
DESIGN PROCEDURES
Piers Less Than 36" High. Construct piers less than 36"
high out of single, open or closed -cell concrete blocks,
8" x 8" x 16". Install them so that the long side is at right
angles to the supported I-beam (See Figure 4-2). Position
open cells vertically upon the footers. (See Figure 4-1).
Horizontal offsets should not exceed 1/2" top to bottom.
Mortar is not normally required. Manufactured piers should
be listed and labeled. Do not extend their adjusting studs
beyond the limits specified by the manufacturer.
Piers 36" to SO" High. Construct all piers between 36" and
80" high, and all corner piers over three (3) blocks high, out
of double, interlocked concrete blocks (See Figure 4-2).
Mortar will not normally be required.
Piers Over 80" High. Where permitted by local codes, lay
them in concrete mortar with steel reinforcing bars inserted
in the block cells and fill the cells with concrete. Where such
construction is not permitted by local codes, have piers over
80" high designed by a registered professional or structural
engineer.
Location and Spacing. The location and spacing of piers
depend upon the dimensions and weight of the home, the
roof load zone, size, and type of construction of the footings.
Other factors such as the location of doors or other
openings and heavy pieces of furniture are also important.
In general locate piers no more than 2' from either end, and
not over 10' o.c.
Single -Section Homes. Figure 5-2 shows the recommended
locations and spacing of piers for single -section homes.
Multi -Section Homes. Figure 5-3 shows the recommended
location and spacing of piers for multi -section homes.
Under Doors and Heavy Furniture. Place additional piers
on both sides of exterior doors, side-wall openings wider
than 4' (such as sliding glass doors), at Pavilion dormers,
under porch posts, wood stoves, and under the expected
locations of heavy pieces of furniture such as pianos, organs,
waterbeds, etc.
FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
DESIGN PROCEDURES (Continued)
Footings. Support every pier with a properly designed foot-
ing, as follows.
ACCEPTABLE TYPES OF FOOTINGS.
Concrete. Footings may consist of precast or poured -in-
place concrete, pads, slabs, or ribbons with a 28 -day com-
pressive strength at 3,000 psi.
Pressure -Treated Permanent Wood. Two layers of 2" thick
pressure -treated wood planks, with the long dimension of
the second layer placed perpendicular to that of the first,
fastened and with cut edges painted or retreated, may also
be used.
Other Materials. You may also use other materials approved
for this use by local authorities if they provide equal load-
bearing capacity and resistance to decay.
PLACEMENT IN FREEZING CLIMATES.
Conventional Footings. For frost -susceptible soils, to pre-
clude the harmful effects of ground frost heave, footings
should usually be placed below the frost line. Consult local
authorities to determine frost penetration. In the absence of a
local code, use the frost penetration map as a guide.
Floating Slab System. When properly engineered by a reg-
istered professional engineer, compatible with the anchorage
requirements of Chapter 5, and acceptable to the local author-
ity having jurisdiction, a "floating slab system" may be used
above the frost line.
Insulated Foundations. Footings may also be placed
above the frost line when the home is provided with a
perimeter foundation or skirting having insulation properties
sufficient to prevent freezing of the soil under or adjacent to
every load-bearing component of the foundation and accept-
able for this purpose by the local authority having jurisdic-
tion. Useful design guidelines may be found in references
at the end of this chapter. Insulation systems should be
compatible with the requirement to cross ventilate the entire
space under the home.
Proper Sizing of Footings. Proper sizing of footings
depends upon the load -carrying capacity of both the piers
and the soil. See Table 4 for recommended footing sizes.
See Table 4B for minimum required concrete footing thick-
ness. Footing size in no case shall be less than 144 sq. in.
or smaller than the pier it supports.
Permanent Foundations. Check local building codes and
regulations and consult a registered professional or struc-
tural engineer when you are setting your home on a per-
manent foundation (such as a full basement, crawl space or
load-bearing perimeter foundation). A permanent foundation
design, which meets most local codes, may be available
from Skyline Corporation. Please contact the Skyline division
which manufactured the home or Skyline's National Director
of Consumer Relations.
7
Flood -Prone Areas. Skyline Corporation does not recom-
mend locating homes in river or coastal flood -prone areas.
Special elevation and anchoring techniques are required
when locating in a flood -prone area. Consult a registered
professional or structural engineer to make sure that the
home design and construction conform to applicable federal,
state and local codes and regulations. The FEMA publication
listed below contains design and construction recommen-
dations.
Severe Wind Areas. Special foundation and anchoring
techniques are required when locating in a severe wind
area is unavoidable. Consult a registered professional or
structural engineer. The HUD foundations design guide
referenced herein contains recommendations for designing
foundations and anchoring systems. Do not place your
home in a wind zone more severe than the one indicated on
the data plate located by your home's main electrical panel.
Special Snow Load Conditions. Homes designed for and
located in heavy snowfall areas or subject to other extreme
loading conditions may require special piers or footings. See
tables and/or special manufacturer's instructions provided
with your home.
IMPORTANT REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
• Foundation plans available from manufacturer.
• ANSI/NCSBCS A225.1-1987, "Manufactured Home Instal-
lations," NCSBCS, 505 Huntmar Park Drive, Herndon, VA
22070, (703) 437-0100.
• ASCE 7-88, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and
other Structures;' ASCE, 345 East 47th Street, New
York, NY 10017-2398.
• FEMA 85, "Manufactured Home Installation in Flood
Hazard Areas," FEMA, Washington, DC 20472, (202)
646-2708, September, 1985.
• HUD Handbook 4930.3 (1989), "Permanent Foundations
Guide for Manufactured Housing," HUD, 415 7th Street,
S.W., Washington, DC 20410.
• "All Weather Wood Foundation Systems Manual,"
National Forest Products Association, 1619 Massachu-
setts Ave., N.W., Washington, DC 20036, June, 1976.
• "Design Guide for Frost -Protected Shallow Foundations,"
Prepared for U.S. Dept. of Housing and Urban Develop-
ment by: NAHB, Upper Marlboro, MD, June, 1994,
Instrument No. DU100K000005897.
• "Building Foundation Design Guidebook," Document No.
DE 88013350, National Technical Information Service,
5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161.
FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATIONS
SINGLE OR MULTI -SECTION HOMES
TYPES OF FOUNDATION SYSTEM - MAIN COMPONENTS(*)
Piers -Ground Anchors. Home rests on piers of concrete block, formed -in-place concrete, permanent wood or
steel pedestals on permanent wood, crushed stone or concrete footers. Ground anchors in soil angled to resist
straps or embedded in concrete deadmen in soil. Straps tied to the frame, with or without over -the -top straps.
2. Concrete Slab or Continuous Footing. Home rests on a concrete slab or ribbons of concrete. Straps tied
between frame and perimeter footers or concrete slab. Skyline Corp. recommends installing earth anchors prior
to pouring concrete slab. Concrete slab should be sloped to prevent water accumulation under home.
3. Pile/Post System. Home rests on piles/posts placed sufficiently deep in the ground to resist all wind, snow,
frost heave and earthquake forces. Straps fasten home to the piles/posts or caps placed thereon.
4. Concrete or Concrete Block Load -Bearing Perimeter Walls (Basement or Crawl Space). Home rests on
exterior load-bearing walls which sit on concrete footings' weight to resist all external forces. The floor connec-
tion to foundation resists external forces.
*For Skyline multi -section homes, the mating walls are supported by piers or support walls with straps and
ground anchors, providing resistance to downward and uplift forces.
TYPICAL FOOTING PADS FIG. 4-1
SINGLE PAD FOOTING a
�Y
g. DOUBLE PAD FOOTING
SINGLE PAD FOOTING
� I
DOUBLE PAD FOOTING
TRIPLE PAD FOOTING Y
m
�� /� DOUBLE PAD FOOTING
TWO DOUBLE PAD FOOTING �<y�ac\">
l �Y/ I
1
LOAD DISTNIBUIING PAD FOR SUPPORT
L
.)
�� 1 /.P
1` 1
D FOOTING
LOAD DISTRIBUTING PAD FOR SUPPORT'
(241x24'x4j
TWO DOUBLE PAD FOOTING
QUAD PAD FOOTING
16"x 16" x 4" CONCRETE PAD FOOTINGS
8" x 16" x 4" CONCRETE PAD FOOTINGS
2" x 12" x 24" WOOD PAD FOOTINGS
8
FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
TYPICAL PIER CONSTRUCTION
I -Beam frame
Gap between top of pier and main frame may be hardwood plate (not exceeding 2" in thickness)
and shims (not exceeding 1" in thickness). Shims shall be at least 4" wide and 6" long, fitted and
driven tight between wood plate or pier and main frame. 2" or 4" solid concrete block may fill
remainder of gap.
Cap — Wood or concrete, 2"x8"x 16" installed with 16" dimension perpendicular to the
-beam frame.
Single open or closed cell concrete blocks 8"x8"x 16" (open cells placed vertically upon footer)
installed with 16" dimension perpendicular to the I-beam frame.
Footing - Solid concrete or other product approved for the purpose. Size according to Table 4.
Ground Level
Footing below frost line when subject to frost heaving.
SINGLE BLOCK PIER - 8000 LBS. MAXIMUM CAPACITY. PIER CAPACITY
MUST BE EQUAL TO OR MORE THAN REQUIRED FOOTER CAPACITY.
Cap - Solid concrete
block or equivalent.
Double Interlocked
Blocks. Max. Height
is 80".
icrete grouting
Steel reinforcing bars
>r piers exceeding 80 inches in
sight the concrete blocks should
filled with concrete grouting
id steel reinforcing rods should
fused.
DOUBLE BLOCK PIER -14000 LBS. MAXIMUM CAPACITY. PIER CAPACITY
MUST BE EQUAL TO OR MORE THAN REQUIRED FOOTER CAPACITY.
Footings placed on firm undisturbed soil or in controlled fill free of grass and organic materials compacted to a
minimum load bearing capacity of 1000 PSF.
,? 'o j 30 as •o
'S a 71 13
116ao ae
ae° ]� : 'a • eo a S• 34160•°° •
2• 1 •e s• sa s•
2 Go 36 0
60 '60 48 13
'a 12 .e is Z. -- ••�•1 72 3534 42 2
' e t° •° S• ae is ii ••°•s s7• -2.2�' e 4°9
S 3S 4d to
30
e 12 ae ?o se
40
20 22
20 22
S �' / a.L.
373
'al s� ao so•
0 04
004\27
o s zoa0
.s
e 77 I- , 2 �O
L
_
.e
a y ?• °'
a ao
—
1 's e
a / 'a e
12
' • 3
Lz
� 1
Frost Penetration Map
AVERAGE DEPTH OF FROST PENETRATION — IN INCHES`
SOURCE: U.S. Dept. of Commerce Weather Bureau
FIG. 4-2
E
FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS
The design loads and minimum footing sizes used in the
selection of the support structure are set forth in Table 4.
The loads and footing sizes are the minimum values to be
used for the support structure and are based on the indi-
cated roof live load and a floor live load of 40 PSF.
The support requirements for homes designed for 60
PSF and higher roof load (and those specifically indicated
middle and north zone homes) are found in the supplement
accompanying this manual entitled "Manufactured Home
Installation for Perimeter Blocking."
All load bearing supports and footings may be subject to Contact the Skyline division that built the home for more
approval by the local Enforcement Agency. information concerning perimeter blocking.
TABLE 1
PIER -LOADING UNDER MAIN I -BEAMS
SINGLE -WIDE HOMES
NOTES:
1. See Table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. The footing sizes and
pier loads are minimums required for the applicable conditions. The footing shall not be smaller than the pier it supports
of 144 square inches.
2. The maximum spacing of supports is not to exceed 10 feet.
3. Where it is impractical to maintain spacing, such as in the axle area, the average of the distance to each adjacent support
may be used to determine support requirements. For example: if the distances to the adjacent supports were 6'-0" and
8'-0", the average spacing would be 7'-0".
6'-0" 8'-0"'
I< >I< >I CERT
09703
STATE OF
Pier A Pier B Pier C; 4� ��P.
.e�. D1 �.
.,� f f/ A 1.
.... `�v�.
The average spacing for pier B would be (6 + 8) / 2 = 7 ft., therefore,
///ON,/sof W,��
pier B would be designed for 7 ft. pier spacing.
4. The last line in the above Table is the weight per foot each main I-beam is carrying. Multiply this number by the span
a pier is carrying to determine the required capacity of that pier.
10
12'
WIDE HOMES
14'
WIDE HOMES
16'
WIDE HOMES
Pier
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Spacing
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
Under
20 PSF
30 PSF
40 PSF
20 PSF
30 PSF
40 PSF
20 PSF
30 PSF
40 PSF
Main
I -Beams
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
(Ft.)
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
4
2130
2420
2560
2410
2740
2940
2700
3060
3320
5
2660
3020
3190
3020
3420
3670
3370
3830
4150
6
3190
3620
3830
3620
4110
4410
4050
4590
4980
7
3720
4230
4470
4220
4790
5140
4720
5360
5810
8
4250
4830
5110
4820
5480
5880
5400
6120
6640
9
4780
5440
5750
5430
6160
6610
6070
6890
7470
10
5320
6040
6380
6030
6850
7340
6750
7650
8300
Wt. Per Foot
532
604
638
603
685
734
675
765
830
See Note 4
NOTES:
1. See Table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. The footing sizes and
pier loads are minimums required for the applicable conditions. The footing shall not be smaller than the pier it supports
of 144 square inches.
2. The maximum spacing of supports is not to exceed 10 feet.
3. Where it is impractical to maintain spacing, such as in the axle area, the average of the distance to each adjacent support
may be used to determine support requirements. For example: if the distances to the adjacent supports were 6'-0" and
8'-0", the average spacing would be 7'-0".
6'-0" 8'-0"'
I< >I< >I CERT
09703
STATE OF
Pier A Pier B Pier C; 4� ��P.
.e�. D1 �.
.,� f f/ A 1.
.... `�v�.
The average spacing for pier B would be (6 + 8) / 2 = 7 ft., therefore,
///ON,/sof W,��
pier B would be designed for 7 ft. pier spacing.
4. The last line in the above Table is the weight per foot each main I-beam is carrying. Multiply this number by the span
a pier is carrying to determine the required capacity of that pier.
10
FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
TABLE 2
PIER LOADING UNDER MAIN I -BEAMS
DOUBLE -WIDE HOMES
NOTES:
1. See Table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. The footing sizes and
pier loads are minimums required for the applicable conditions. The footing shall not be smaller than the pier it supports
or 144 square inches.
2. The maximum spacing of supports is not to exceed 10 feet.
3. Where it is impractical to maintain spacing, such as in the axle area, the average of the distance to each adjacent
support may be used to determine support requirements. For example: if the distances to the adjacent supports were
6'-0" and 8'-0", the average spacing would be 7'-0".
6'-0" 81-011
I< >I< >I
Pier A Pier B Pier C
The average spacing for pier B would be (6 + 8) / 2 = 7 ft., therefore,
pier B would be designed for 7 ft. pier spacing.
-4•ZI.97
4. Concentrated loads at marriage line (see Table 3).
5. The last line in the above Table is the weight per foot each main I-beam is carrying. Multiply this number by the span
a pier is carrying to determine the required capacity of that pier.
11
20' WIDE HOMES
24' WIDE HOMES
26'& 28' WIDE
HOMES
32' WIDE HOMES
Pier
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Pier Load
Spacing
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
(Lbs)
Under
Main
20 PSF
30 PSF
40 PSF
20 PSF
30 PSF
40 PSF
20 PSF
30 PSF
40 PSF
20 PSF
30 PSF
40 PSF
I -Beams
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
(Ft.)
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
4
1810
2060
2170
2100
2390
2560
2360
2630
2940
2680
3000
3320
5
2270
2580
2710
2630
2980
3190
2950
3350
3670
3350
3750
4150
6
2720
3100
3260
3150
3580
3830
3540
4020
4410
4020
4500
4980
7
3170
3610
3800
3680
4180
4470
4130
4690
5140
4690
5250
5810
8
3630
4130
4340
4200
4770
5110
4720
5360
5880
5360
6000
6640
g
4080
4640
4880
4730
5370
5750
5310
6030
6610
6030
6750
7470
10
4540
5160
5420
5250
5970
6380
5900
6700
7340
6700
7500
8300
Wt. Per Foot
454
516
542
525
597
638
590
670
734
670
750
830
See Note 5
NOTES:
1. See Table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. The footing sizes and
pier loads are minimums required for the applicable conditions. The footing shall not be smaller than the pier it supports
or 144 square inches.
2. The maximum spacing of supports is not to exceed 10 feet.
3. Where it is impractical to maintain spacing, such as in the axle area, the average of the distance to each adjacent
support may be used to determine support requirements. For example: if the distances to the adjacent supports were
6'-0" and 8'-0", the average spacing would be 7'-0".
6'-0" 81-011
I< >I< >I
Pier A Pier B Pier C
The average spacing for pier B would be (6 + 8) / 2 = 7 ft., therefore,
pier B would be designed for 7 ft. pier spacing.
-4•ZI.97
4. Concentrated loads at marriage line (see Table 3).
5. The last line in the above Table is the weight per foot each main I-beam is carrying. Multiply this number by the span
a pier is carrying to determine the required capacity of that pier.
11
FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
TABLE 3
PIER LOADING UNDER CENTERLINE BEAM
DOUBLE -WIDE HOMES
NOTES:
1) Where a column is located between two openings, sum the loads for each opening to obtain the required pier load.
2) See table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities.
3) The concentrated load consist of roof load only.
4) Pier locations at the marriage wall are marked with paint or metal indicator straps.
5) Piers used side by side to obtain the required load are permissible.
PIER LOADING AND INSTALLATION UNDER SIDEWALL DOORS AND WINDOWS
Typical door or Unit sidewall
window opening -
Width varies - see
table b� A 4-1
I
Floor joists —
4x4 block, 4" 1 nger
than joist spacing.
Installed such that it
spans joists on Pier installed whet
either side of door joist is not under
jamb. door jamb.
Pier
I
See note 6. /
A
Pier installed when
joist is under door
jamb. TABLE 3A
1 Wt eirinunll
SECTION 'A -A'
joists
20' WIDE HOMES
24' WIDE HOMES 26'& 28' WIDE HOMES
32' WIDE HOMES
Span
Between
Columns
(FT.)
See note 11
Pier load
(LBS)
20 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
30 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
40 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
20 PSF
Roof
I Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
30 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load Pier load
(LBS) (LBS)
40 PSF 20 PSF
Roof Roof
Zone Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
30 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
40 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
20 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load Pier load
(LBS) (LBS)
30 PSF 40 PSF
Roof Roof
Zone Zone
6
900
1200
1500
1080
1440
1800 1260
1680
2100
1350
1800 2250
10
1500
2000
2500
1800
2400
3000 2100
2800
3500
2250
3000 3750
12
1800
2400
3000
2160
2880
3600 2520
3360
4200
2700
3600 4500
14
2100
2800
3500
2520
3360
4320 2940
3920
4900
3150
4200 5250
16
2400
3200
4000
2880
3840
4800 3360
4480
5600
3600
4800 6000
18
2700
3600
4500
3240
4320
5400 3780
5040
6300
4050
5400 6750
20
3000
4000
5000
3600
4800
6000 4200
1
5600
7000
4500
6000 7500
24
3600
4800
6000
4320
5760
7200 5040
6720
8400
5400
1 7200 9000
NOTES:
1) Where a column is located between two openings, sum the loads for each opening to obtain the required pier load.
2) See table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities.
3) The concentrated load consist of roof load only.
4) Pier locations at the marriage wall are marked with paint or metal indicator straps.
5) Piers used side by side to obtain the required load are permissible.
PIER LOADING AND INSTALLATION UNDER SIDEWALL DOORS AND WINDOWS
Typical door or Unit sidewall
window opening -
Width varies - see
table b� A 4-1
I
Floor joists —
4x4 block, 4" 1 nger
than joist spacing.
Installed such that it
spans joists on Pier installed whet
either side of door joist is not under
jamb. door jamb.
Pier
I
See note 6. /
A
Pier installed when
joist is under door
jamb. TABLE 3A
1 Wt eirinunll
SECTION 'A -A'
joists
NOTES:
1) Piers are required at all entry doors and window openings greater than four feet.
2) Piers are also required at bay windows where the sidewall opening is greater than four feet.
3) Piers are not required at door and window openings located along endwalls.
4) Piers are not required at some door and window locations if the floor has been reinforced at the factory. Contact the division that built your home to
determine if this is applicable to your home.
5) See table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities.
6) Maximum pier setback is 6". If pier load (from table 3A) is 1240 lbs. or less, and nominal unit width is 12', 14', 20', 24', 26' or 28', then setback may be
10" max. If pier load (from table 3A) is 1930 lbs. or less, and nominal unit width is 16', 18' or 32', then setback may be 10" max.
7) For piers between multiple openings, sum the loads for each opening to obtain the required load.
12
48"
OPENING
78.5"
MAX. OPENING
108"
MAX. OPENING
121"
MAX. OPENING
Nominal
Unit
Width
FT.
Pier load
(LBS)
20 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
30 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
40 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
20 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
30 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
40 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
20 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
30 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
40 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
20 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
30 PSF
Roof
Zone
Pier load
(LBS)
40 PSF
Roof
Zone
12
500
640
790
810
1 1050
1280
1110
1440
1760
1250
1610
1980
14
550
710
870
890
1160
1430
1230
1600
1960
1370
1780
2200
16
600
780
960
980
1270
1570
1340
1750
2260
1500
1960
2420
18
650
840
1040
1050
1380
1700
1450
1890
2340
1620
2120
2620
20
440
570
690
720
920
1130
990
1270
1550
1100
1420
1730
24
500
640
790
810
1050
1280
1110
1440
1760
1250
1610
1980
26
520
680
830860
1 1110
1360
1180
1520
1870
1320
1710
2100
28
540
700
860
880
1140
1400
1
1210
1570
1930
1350
1750
2160
32
590
760
940
950
1 1240
1530
1310
1710
2110
1470
1910
2360
NOTES:
1) Piers are required at all entry doors and window openings greater than four feet.
2) Piers are also required at bay windows where the sidewall opening is greater than four feet.
3) Piers are not required at door and window openings located along endwalls.
4) Piers are not required at some door and window locations if the floor has been reinforced at the factory. Contact the division that built your home to
determine if this is applicable to your home.
5) See table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities.
6) Maximum pier setback is 6". If pier load (from table 3A) is 1240 lbs. or less, and nominal unit width is 12', 14', 20', 24', 26' or 28', then setback may be
10" max. If pier load (from table 3A) is 1930 lbs. or less, and nominal unit width is 16', 18' or 32', then setback may be 10" max.
7) For piers between multiple openings, sum the loads for each opening to obtain the required load.
12
FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
PAVILION DORMER BLOCKING
Notes:
1) All units that have a Pavilion dormer require additional perimeter
blocking.
2) Install piers under door/window openings and at each end of
Pavilion wall. Install piers 4'-0" o.c. max between end of pavillion
wall and door/window opening.
3) See table 3A for required pier capacities under windows or doors.
4) Piers located at each end of wall and spaced 4'-0" o.c. shall
support 1300 lbs. min.
5) For roof loads in excess of 40 PSF, install piers per the
"Manufactured Home Installation for Perimeter Blocking"
supplement.
TABLE 4
FOOTING SIZES
TABLE 4A
COMMON FOOTING SIZES AND CAPACITIES
FOOTING
FOOTING CAPACITY AT
VARIOUS ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING VALUES Pounds
FOOTING SIZES IN x IN OR EQUAL AREAS
SQ. IN.
1500 PSF
2000 PSF
REQUIRED
4000 PSF
6000 PSF
16"X16"
ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING VALUE
2665
3555
5335
7110
PIER
1000 PSF
1500 PSF
2000 PSF
3000 PSF
4000 PSF
6000 PSF
LOAD
REQUIRED
TYPICAL
REQUIRED
TYPICAL
REQUIRED
TYPICAL
REQUIRED
TYPICAL
REQUIRED
TYPICAL
REQUIRED
TYPICAL
CAPACITY
AREA
SIZES
AREA
SIZES
AREA
SIZES
AREA
SIZES
AREA
SIZES
AREA
SIZES
(POUNDS)
(SQ. IN.)
(IN.xIN.)
(SQ. IN.)
(KAN.)
(SQ. IN.)
(IMAN.)
(SQ, IN.)
(IN.AN.)
(SQ. IN.)
(IMAN.)
(SQ. IN.)
(IN.xlN.)
1500
216
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
2000
288
16x20
192
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
2500
360
18x20
240
12x20
180
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
3000
432
20x22
288
16x20
216
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
3500
504
22x24
336
18x20
252
14x20
168
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
4000
576
24x24
384
20x20
288
16x20
192
12x20
144
12x20
144
12x20
4500
648
26x26
432
20x22
324
18x20
216
12x20
162
12x20
144
12x20
5000
720
26x28
480
22x22
360
18x20
240
12x20
180
12x20
144
12x20
5500
792
28x30
528
22x24
396
20x20
264
14x20
198
12x20
144
12x20
6000
864
30x30
576
24x24
432
20x22
288
16x20
216
12x20
144
12x20
6500
936
30x32
624
24x26
468
22x22
312
16x20
234
12x20
156
12x20
7000
1008
32x32
672
26x26
504
22x24
336
18x20
252
1420
168
12x20
7500
1080
32x34
720
26x28
540
24x24
360
18x20
270
1420
180
12x20
8000
1152
34x34
768
28x28
576
24x24
384
20x20
288
16x20
192
12x20
8500
1224
34x36
816
28x30
612
24x26
408
20x22
306
16x20
204
12x20
9000
1296
36x36
864
30x30
648
26x26
432
20x22
324
18x20
216
12x20
9500
1368
36x38
912
30x32
684
26x28
456
22x22
342
18x20
228
12x20
10000 1
1440
38x38 1
960
30x32 1
720
26x28 1
480
22x22 1
360
18x20 1
240
12x20
TABLE 4A
COMMON FOOTING SIZES AND CAPACITIES
FOOTING
FOOTING CAPACITY AT
VARIOUS ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING VALUES Pounds
SIZE
1000 PSF
1500 PSF
2000 PSF
3000 PSF
4000 PSF
6000 PSF
16"X16"
1780
2665
3555
5335
7110
10665
18"X18"
2250
3375
4500
6750
9000
13500
24"X24"
4000
6000
8000
12000
16000
24000
16"X32"
3555
5335
7110
10665
14220
21335
32"X32"
7110
10665
14220
21335
—
—
12"Round
785
1180
1570
2355
3140
4712
16" Round
1395
2095
2790
4190
5585
8375
18" Round
1765
2650
3535
5300
7070
10600
24" Round
3140
4710
6280
9425
12565
18850
36"Round
7070
1 10600
1 14135
21205
1 —
—
13
0 >,
L U
U) a
av
x
CU CMr-
E
CD CC
o W
C:) CO
0
. U
CO CL
E Ca
U
LL CY)
a •�
o CO
C)
C:) m
N
0 T
cn r
LL U
CO CL
.0
x
CC
E i
o Cc
o 0
o m
M
U)
. U
W d
E cII
LL
U
CO
a c
o CII
a)
o m
(0
TABLE 4B
MAXIMUM FOOTING SIZE PER FOOTING THICKNESS
PIER
Minimum Footing Thickness
41' 1
6" 1
8" 1
12"
DESCRIPTION
Single Concrete
30"x30" square
40"x40" square
---
---
Block
36" round
---
---
---
Double Concrete
38"x38" square
48"x48" square
---
---
Block
44" round
---
---
---
Single or Double
34"x34" square
45"x45" square
---
---
Steel Pier
40" round
--- .
---
---
Quad Steel Pier
46"x46" square
---
-=-
---
Single Concrete
22"x22" square
30"x30" square
38"x38" square
Block
28" round
38" round
48" round
---
Double Concrete
30"x30" square
38"x38" square
46"x46" square
Block
36" round
46" round
---
---
Single or Double
26"x26" square
34"x34" square
42"x42" square
Steel Pier
32" round
42" round
---
---
Quad Steel Pier
38"x38" square
46"x46" square
---
,--
44" round
---
---
---
Single Concrete
20"x20" square
26"x26" square
32"x32" square
46"x46" square
Block
24" round
32" round
40" round
---
Double Concrete
28"x28" square
34"x34" square
40"x40" square
Block
•32" round
40" round
48" round
---
Single or Double
24"x24" square
30"x30" square
36"x36" square
Steel Pier
28" round
36" round
44" round
---
Quad Steel Pier
36"x36" square
42"x42" square
48"x48" square
40" round
48" round
---
---
Single Concrete
16"x16" square
20"x20" square
26"x26" square
34"x34" square
Block
20" round
24" round
30" round
42" round
Double Concrete
24"x24" square
28"x28" square
34"x34" square
42"x42" square
Block
28" round
34" round
40" round
---
Single or Double
Steel Pier
20"x20" square
24" round
24"x24" square
30" round
30"x30" square
34" round
39"x39" square
46" round
Quad Steel Pier
32"x32" square
36"x36" square
42"x42" square
48"x48" square
36" round
42" round
48" round
---
Notes:
1. Concrete blocks are 8"x16" minimum.
2. Steel piers have 12" square base minimum.
3. Double steel pier may not be used on this footing.
14
CHAPTER 5
SET-UP PROCEDURES
WARNING: WHEN SETTING UP THIS HOME, THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS
REGARDING JACKING MUST BE FOLLOWED.
Moving Home To Location: Make sure the following items 10. Do not go under the home while it is supported on the
are completed before placing the home: jacks unless safety timbers capable of supporting the
• The site is properly prepared. See Chapter 3. home are in place. .
• All concrete work necessary to setting the home is finished.
• Utilities are installed or available.
• Any trenching, for crossover drain lines or for wheels that
will be left in place, is complete.
• Items that could be difficult to install after the home is
sited (such as anchors and ground moisture retarders)
are in their proper locations.
CAUTION: THE HOME WEIGHS SEVERAL TONS. USE
ADEQUATE TEMPORARY SUPPORT BLOCKING TO
SAFEGUARD WORKERS. SKYLINE CORP. RECOM-
MENDS WOOD BLOCKING.
Positioning Home. When not placing the home on a con-
crete slab or poured -in-place footings, mark the corners of
the home and lay out footings and support devices close to
where they will be used. Then move the home or first sec-
tion into position.
Leveling and Blocking — Single -Wide Homes.
1. Before doing any jacking, place support piers for the
home in the locations under the home as specified in the
home installation instructions.
2. Use a minimum of two jacks, each with a rating of at
least ten tons.
3. Jack only on the main chassis I-beam. Locate the jack
directly under the vertical web of the I-beam. Do not jack
on the seam (joint between flanges) of a twin I-beam.
4. Use a large 3/8 inch thick steel plate, C -channel or other
equivalent plate between the main chassis I-beam and
the jack head to distribute the load.
5. The jack base and any blocking must be located on firm
ground.
6. Do not operate the jacks while you are under the main
I -beams of the home.
7. Use jacks only for raising the home. Do not rely on the
jacks to support the home.
8. Place 4" x 6" x 48" min. safety timbers between the
I -beams and ground in case of jack failure. Timber
should be hardwood.
9. Raise the home in small increments and provide addi-
tional blocking between the home and the piers and
safety piers as the home is raised.
15
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE WARNINGS MAY RESULT
IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
Reminders before jacking... .
1. Use only jacks in good condition with a minimum rating
of 10 tons.
2. Use a minute man C -Channel jacking plate or equivalent
between jack and steel I-beam to distribute the concen-
trated loads. (See Figure 5-1)
3. Use a firm support under the jack base to prevent tipping
or settling of the jack. Skyline recommends a 12" x 12"
or larger pad.
4. Always follow the sequence of jacking outlined below to
avoid overstressing structural members.
'I'-BEAM
-
--------------
C-CHANNEL 8" LONG
0 TON JACK
ACK SUPPORT - LOCATE
III =III =III =III = 111 =III = 11
=11 -III-III=III-III=11
lig-III-III=III=p
FIG. 5-1
SETUP PROCEDURES (Continued)
The jacking procedure is as follows:
1. After the home is located in its final position, you can
preliminarily level it by using the hitch jack but only after
adequately wheel blocking the home so it does not roll.
2. Jack up one side of the home by placing one jack just
forward of the front spring hanger and the other just
behind the rear spring hanger. These two jacks must be
operated simultaneously to raise the home. Jack low side
of the home first. Install footings and piers; one just
forward of the front jack and another just behind the rear
jack (taking care not to exceed the correct spacing
selected from Table 1 or 2).
3. Next, jack the main I-beam at the front and position a pier
within 2'-0" of the end of the I-beam. At the completion of
this step, this side of the home should be approximately
level.
4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the other side of the home. At
the completion of this step, the home should be roughly
level from front to rear and from side to side.
5. Place the remaining pier supports under the main
I-beam on each side taking care to maintain a maximum
distance of no more than the spacing determined from
Tables 1 or 2 with piers located with 2'-0" of each end of
each I-beam. (See Fig. 5-2)
6. Level the home within reasonable tolerances, using a 6
foot carpenter's level, water level, or similar equipment.
The final height adjustment is obtained by jacking the
I-beam and placing hardwood shims between the
piers and I-beam, or other approved methods such as
adjustable piers. THIS LEVELING PROCESS IS
IMPORTANT FOR APPEARANCE AND IS ESSENTIAL
FOR THE PROPER OPERATION OF DOORS, WIN-
DOWS, AND THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM.
7. Place additional supports at each side of sidewall door
and window openings over 4'0" wide. (See Table 3A)
8. Within 90 days after initial set-up, the home should be
releveled, if necessary, to compensate for any pier set-
tlement. Follow the procedure in Item 6 above.
NOTE: DURING THE LEVELING OR RELEVELING
PROCESS, LOOSEN FRAME TIES AND OVER -THE -
ROOF TIES (IF PROVIDED) PRIOR TO JACKING HOME.
16
c�:
o
k�
MAXIMUM PIER
SPACING AS
II
' I -BEAM I
SELECTED FROM
C�.
TABLE 1
TYPICAL
/PIER
Cj7 C
10'-0"
�Ij :!]
MAX.
- 2'-0"
FIG. 5-2
SETUP PROCEDURES (Continued)
LEVELING AND BLOCKING, DOUBLE -WIDE HOMES
With the exception of the requirement for support under
the marriage wall of double -wide units, leveling and blocking
procedures are the same as for single -wide units. The site
must be prepared, as previously described. Special consid-
eration must be given to the footings and pier construction
required by (1) local soil conditions, (2) depth of frost line
17
and (3) special requirements for local jurisdictions. It may be
desirable to construct the footings and piers (to grade
height) prior to moving the home to its final location. Pre -
construction of the footings and piers to grade may be ac-
complished by referring to the pier location diagram, Figure
5-4, making special note of the additional piers required at
centerline beam supports. If there are questions regarding
pier locations, please .contact the division for aid. Piers lo-
cated at the centerline, may carry much higher loads than
other pier locations.
PROPER BLOCKING OF THE CENTERLINE BEAM IS
VITAL TO THE PERFORMANCE OF A DOUBLE -WIDE
HOME.
FIG. 5-4
RIM JOIST
AT MARRIAGE LINE
lr /
Pier at centerline within 1' of front
DO NOT HAVE THE CAPACITY
and rear wall. This pier required
REQUIRED BY TABLE 3 FOR
WALL
only if there is a column located at
IS 3114/ EACH TO BE RESISTED
-2 OR MORE PIERS MAY BE USED.
the front or rear wall.
THE SUM OF PIER CAPACITIES
FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES
(See Table 3))
ONLY — ANY APPROVED SYSTEM
BE AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE LOADS
/\ 1 /\
rn `
2'-W Max.
I I
I
r r`7 r J L J
STANDARD HURRICANE
Varies*
� I
CABLE 8 THIMBLE SYSTEM
CD.
rA
j- r
J L J
z
PER STRAP
SHOWN FOR ILLUSTRATION
' I t
Piers required at
=
I
all interior column
H
IT -BEAM I
locations, per
ZI
LU
Jt
I
r
, J L J J
Table 3. (See detail)
J
1/4' CABLE THIMBLE
z
-
5
I I
O
CONNECTOR HOLE.
z
GALVANIZED STEELSTANDARD
HURRICANE STRAP
CABLE 7/3Y DIA. (7x7) OR
SLOT IN STRAP IS FOR INSTALLATION OF
IMax.
Pier
STANDARD HURRICANE STRAP DESCRIBED
' 1 t
spacing as
ON PAGE 22. CONNECT TIE -DOWN STRAP
ANCHOR. STRAP IS ATTACHED
selected
DIRECTLY TO UP -LIFT CONNECTOR AS SHOWN
I I ( I
from Table 2.
BY FIG. 5-12. (SPLICE DEVICE NOT REQUIRED)
LjJ LrJ L. J lI
II
I
I}
r
• Dimensions vary. If pre construction of footing
is desired, contact the Skyline division who
manufactured the unit fora licable dimensions.
'd►STE '•• •�•
1k �
• ,l��i
Centerline Support pier
•� IAN,i ��
location indicator -
Metal strap or centerline
joist marked with paint
beneath home or paper
FIG. 5-3 &-SD 4)6
tag indicating pier location.
17
and (3) special requirements for local jurisdictions. It may be
desirable to construct the footings and piers (to grade
height) prior to moving the home to its final location. Pre -
construction of the footings and piers to grade may be ac-
complished by referring to the pier location diagram, Figure
5-4, making special note of the additional piers required at
centerline beam supports. If there are questions regarding
pier locations, please .contact the division for aid. Piers lo-
cated at the centerline, may carry much higher loads than
other pier locations.
PROPER BLOCKING OF THE CENTERLINE BEAM IS
VITAL TO THE PERFORMANCE OF A DOUBLE -WIDE
HOME.
FIG. 5-4
RIM JOIST
AT MARRIAGE LINE
lr /
WHERE AVAILABLE PIERS
DO NOT HAVE THE CAPACITY
UPLIFT CONNECTOR CAPACITY
REQUIRED BY TABLE 3 FOR
WALL
CONCENTRATED LOADS
IS 3114/ EACH TO BE RESISTED
-2 OR MORE PIERS MAY BE USED.
FOOTINGS AND PIERS SHOWN
THE SUM OF PIER CAPACITIES
FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES
AT EACH SUPPORT POINT SHALL
ONLY — ANY APPROVED SYSTEM
BE AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE LOADS
MAY BE USED.
SPECIFIED IN TABLE 3.
TYPICAL MARRIAGE WALL STRAPS
FIG. 5-5
III
UPLIFTED CONNECTOR
UPLIFT CONNECTOR CAPACITY
WALL
CAPACITY IS 2421 EACH
IS 3114/ EACH TO BE RESISTED
EDBV
TO RESISTED B
BY ANCHORING EQUIPMENT.
ANCHH ORING
EQUIPMENT
STANDARD HURRICANE
STRAP CAPACITY IS 3150/
CABLE 8 THIMBLE SYSTEM
PER STRAP
SHOWN FOR ILLUSTRATION
ONLY — ANY
APPROVED METHOD
RIM JOIST
MAY BE USED.
1/4' CABLE THIMBLE
-
INSERTED IN1/4'
CABLE
CONNECTOR HOLE.
CLAMPS
GALVANIZED STEELSTANDARD
HURRICANE STRAP
CABLE 7/3Y DIA. (7x7) OR
SLOT IN STRAP IS FOR INSTALLATION OF
IS TO BE CONNECTED
1/4' DIA. (7x17)
STANDARD HURRICANE STRAP DESCRIBED
DIRECTLY TO APPROVED
TENSION CABLE PER TIE-
ON PAGE 22. CONNECT TIE -DOWN STRAP
ANCHOR. STRAP IS ATTACHED
DOWN INSTRUCTIONS
DIRECTLY TO UP -LIFT CONNECTOR AS SHOWN
TO WALL IN FACTORY.
BY FIG. 5-12. (SPLICE DEVICE NOT REQUIRED)
TYPICAL MARRIAGE WALL STRAPS
FIG. 5-5
SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued)
INSTALLATION OF "ADJUSTABLE OUTRIGGER"
Perimeter joist 5-#12x2" wood screws
Typical transverse
Thrust Bracket floor joist
Pipe
6„ Main Unit I -Beam. Must
+ or - ��be 10" deep or more.
1/2"
Threaded Rod must
be seated in comer of
I -Beam web/flange.
ADJUSTABLE
OUTRIGGER Adjustment nut
3/4" threaded rod
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
1. Locate the floor joist that requires support.
2. Mark I-beam directly under the floor joist'to align "Adjustable Outrigger".
3. Adjust nut on threaded rod so it clears the frame flange for easy adjustment.
4. Set threaded rod in the pipe and against the frame.
5. Set thrust bracket on the floor joist and secure it with five #12 x 2" screws. If there is
insulation installed between bottom board and floor joist, cut a small slit in the bottom board
and insulation. Move the insulation away from the area where the thrust bracket is to be
installed. Install bracket and repair bottom board with provided bottom board tape.
6. Adjust proper pressure by tightening the nut, until the perimeter joist is square and level.
7. If the "Adjustable Outrigger" is to be exposed to the weather after installation, or
installed in highly corrosive environment, then it shall be painted with an exterior grade paint.
NOTES:
1) The "Adjustable Outrigger' is intended as an latemate to perimeter piers at door and window openings. Page 6 of this manual
requires perimeter piers at sidewall door and window openings that are 4 feet wide or wider.
2) The "Adjustable Outrigger' is to be installed at the building site at time of setup. It may be factory supplied and shipped loose or
purchased separately by the dealer. The thrust bracket is listed by Preferred Construction Inspections (#1055-11). The threaded rod
meets ASTM standard A307-1994 and the nut meets ANSI/ASME standard B18.2.2-1986. All necessary parts for the "Adjustable
Outrigger' assembly are included in the package, and are purchased together.
3) The ma)dmum load carrying capacity of the "Adjustable Outrigger' is 1400 lbs. Seepage 12, Table 3A for required pier loads at door
and wiridow openings.
4) These instructions are applicable ONLY to "The Adjustable Outrigger' manufactured by Manufactured Housing Foundations Systems
Inc. (A subsidiary of Oliver Technologies, Inc.).
5) The "Adjustable Outrigger' Is to be temporarily removed if the home is to be retransported, and then reinstalled after setup.
6) The "Adjustable Outrigger' is not available for use on 18' singlewides, 14' singlewides with 75.5" I -Beam spacing or 16' singlewides
with 82.5" or 75.5" I -Beam spacing.
18
SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued)
FIG. 5-6
USE OF WATER LEVEL
All -.; 19 N zkyj Lei
MATERIAL TO MAKE LEVEL
• Five Gallon Pail with Lid
• Plastic Tubing — 100 feet x 3/8" or 1/2"
• Cork -1-1/2"
• Male Barbed Fitting — 3/8" x 3/4"
• Steel Washer — 7/8"
• Nut — 3/4
• Female Barbed Fitting — 3/8" x 1/2"
• Male Valve — 1/2"
• Pipe Sealant
• Food Coloring — 8 oz.
"HOW TO USE A WATER LEVEL'
i
PLACE AT ANY POINT AROUND HOME
Unroll Tubing: Position level where it is to be used. Take care not to have kinks in it, step on it or lay anything on it.
Check for Air Bubbles: To remove any lower valve below bottom of container and open. Close valve when they are out.
Container Location: Located so valve can reach all areas of home. Build up container so water line in valve end of tubing is
at the predetermined height support devices will be set.
Leveling of Support Device: Secure valve above determined height and open. Adjust device as needed. Close valve and
move to next support device.
NOTE: Level all support devices before lowering home.
19
SETUP PROCEDURES (Continued)
DOUBLE -WIDE INTERCONNECTION
The procedure for connecting the homes is as follows.
1. Remove the temporary closure materials (polyethylene
and batten strips) and position the halves as close to-
gether as possible in the final desired location. Do not
remove temporary beam supports until step 7 has been
completed.
2. Move the first section of home into its desired position.
Block and level it in the same manner as described for a
single section home. Skyline Corp. recommends, if possi-
ble, the heavy half be blocked and leveled first as it is eas-
ier to lift and roll the light half and fit into place.
3. Install sill sealer insulating material (provided) around the
ceiling (to the ridge beam at the ceiling panel line), end -
walls and floor mating line. Fasten sill sealer with staples
or nails. See Figure 5-8A.
4. Slide the two halves together with rolling and jacking
equipment. Care must be taken during rolling and jacking
operations to avoid overstressing structural members.
With the halves together at the floor, align the floors at the
ends of the home. It is better to have a minor misalign-
ment under the siding where it cannot be seen and
will not cause a problem, than a small misalignment that
will be observed in the interior of the home.
5. With the home aligned at the floor and supported by its
foundation, join the floors using 3/8" x 2-1/2" (4-1/2"
lags with double perimeter joist) lag screws 2 to 3 feet on
center. The centerline gap at the floor should be a maxi-
mum of 3/16" Use the procedures outlined on page 16 to
level the home and check supports and footings with ta-
bles 2 and 3.
6. To obtain access into the ceiling cavity to bolt or alter-
nately lag screw the ridge beam sections together, fold
back the underlayment paper and remove the 12" wide
sheathing panel(s) at the peak. Note that the shingles
may not have been installed on one or both halves, at the
12" wide area at the peak. If one side is shingled, it is
intended that the beams be lag screwed together. If nei-
ther side is shingled, the beam may be lag screwed or
bolted together. Bolts to be 3/8" x 4-1/2" at 48" o.c. with 3
additional bolts at 3" o.c. over interior beam supports. Lag
screws to be 3/8" x 5" at 24" o.c. with 6 additional lag
screws at 3" o.c. over interior beam supports. (If marriage
walls and ridge beam halves have been plated with 3/8"
sheathing, then the bolts/lags must be increased in length
by 3/4" to 5-3/4"). Predrill 1/4" pilot holes for the lag screws
at 1-1/2" down from the top of the beam and with a max-
imum offset from the horizontal of 45 degrees. A gap be-
tween beam halves up to 1" is allowable. Gaps larger than
1/2" must be filled with plywood or lumber shims. For 1/2"
max gaps, increase fastener length 1/2". For 1" max. gaps
increase fastener length 1-1/4". See Fig. 5-7.
NOTE: (1) WHEN BEAM SUPPORT CONSISTS OF A COLUMN INSTEAD OF CLBEARING WALL USE 3 BOLTS AT 3" O.C. EACH SIDE OF COLUMN
(2) BEAM MARKED WITH PAINT AT COLUMN LOCATIONS
2' 48" 48' 48' 48
1 /2=
ROOF RIDGE BEAM
ENDWALL HALL BEARING
WALL
FIG. 5-7
7. Prior to interconnecting the ridge beam halves, examine
the ridge beam ends. Should there be a slight misalign-
ment, it can be eliminated by placing a jack under the
low side of main beam on one half and use the jack to raise
the beam. The alignment can be held by properly bolting
or lag screwing the beam halves together. See Fig. 5-8.
8. Place additional pier supports at the centerline at the
interior column locations marked on the floor with indica-
tor straps or paint (see Figure 5-3 and 5-4 and Table 3).
Skyline Corp. provides pier location diagrams for all multi -
wide models. These diagrams show the required loca-
tions of piers and are very useful in determining pier
placement prior to taking receipt of home. Additional
piers are required each side of exterior doors and sidewall
openings greater than 4' in width. See Table 3A for these
It
30.3-
4e;'
303`,
_A. 46'
pier load requirements.
9. Toe -nail endwall centerline studs together using 16d nails
10" o.c.
10. If home has double mating walls, then fasten the mating
wall columns together with #8x4" screws 16" o.c. See
re b -/A.
96X4" WOOD SCREWS ® 16" O.C.
EITHER FASTENING LOCATION SHOWN
IS ACCEPTABLE. IF POST IS CONSTRUCTED
FROM 2x4'S OR 2x6'S USE TOE -SCREW LOC
(1-1/2" PENETRATION REQUIRED.)
MATING LINE `C�
INTERIOR SUPPORT POST
CONFIGURATIONS (TYP.)
FIG. 5-7A
SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued)
DOUBLE -WIDE INTERCONNECTION (continued)
NOTE: IT IS IMPORTANT TO HAVE ROOFICEILING
SECTIONS FLUSH AT MATING LINE PRIOR TO
FASTENING OF RIDGE BEAM HALVES. IF THEY
ARE NOT FLUSH, THEN THE LOW SIDE SHOULD
BE RAISED BY JACKING WITH A WOOD POST OR
STEEL PIPE WITH A WOOD OR METAL PAD AT
THE CEILING. PLACE THE BASE OF THE JACK
ACROSS THE FLOOR MATING LINE SO THAT IS
RESTS ON BOTH HALVES. JACK AGAINST
CEILING ONLY IN AREAS WHERE THERE IS NO
MARRIAGE WALL.
Pad on ceiling section
to be raised.
Base over both floors
at mating line.
FIG. 5-8
mauny unn nm jvmt
FIG. 5-8A
ATTACHMENT OF GYPSUM PANELS AT DOUBLE -WIDE CENTERLINE
Some multiple -wide units will have a gypsum panel left off at the centerline for field attachment. Fasten the factory
supplied gypsum wallboard panel(s) at the center of the endwalls after the units have been attached. Fasten the panel(s) to
the wall framing as described in figure 5-8B below.
: Centerline of Unit.
Blocking if required, will I Gypsum Wallboard
be factory provided. \ I Panels
I
Fasten 5/16" gypsum panels to framing with 3/16')(1" staples or
4' for field installed
Center gypsum panel is field installed.
1" washer head screws 6" o.c. around perimeter & 12" o.c. in
gyp. Panel.
I
required gypsum panels, fasteners and
the field. Fasten 1/2" gypsum w/1-5/8" x 0.099" gypsum nails
adhesives are supplied by the factory.
8" o.c. or 1-1/4" type'W' drywall screws 12" o.c. If gypsum is
overlaying 3.6mm lauan, then increase fastener lengths 1/4".
Gypsum may be glued to framing (optional) in combination with INTERIOR VIEW
mechanical fastening above. Use an approved glue.
FIG. 5-8B
21
SETUP PROCEDURES (Continued)
MANUFACTURED HOME TIE -DOWN INSTRUCTIONS
The support system must also resist lifting, sliding, and
overturning forces resulting from side winds. A method used
is to install ground anchors and tie -down straps in addition
to the piers. Tie -downs as described are the minimum nec-
essary if the home is to withstand its design loads without
dislocation. On multi -section homes, sections must be fas-
tened together and level before tie -down straps are installed.
WARNING
BEFORE GROUND ANCHOR INSTALLATION, DETER-
MINE THAT THE ANCHOR LOCATIONS AROUND THE
HOME WILL NOT BE CLOSE TO ANY UNDERGROUND
ELECTRICAL CABLES, WATER LINES OR SEWER
PIPING. FAILURE TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF
UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL CABLES MAY RESULT
IN SERIOUS INJURY AND EVEN DEATH.
NOTE: IN THE FRAME TIE -DOWN SYSTEM, IT IS IMPOR-
TANT TO USE MATERIALS OF PROPER DESIGN AND
OF ADEQUATE QUALITY. THE MATERIAL SPECIFICA-
TIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE CONSIDERED
AS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS.
Materials not furnished with the home which will be nec-
essary to complete the tie -down system must meet the re-
quirements set forth below. Such materials would include:
1. Cable or steel strap with a breaking strength of at least
4,725 pounds e.g. galvanized aircraft cable at least 1/4"
diameter orType 1, Finish B, Grade 1 steel strapping 1-1/4"
wide and 0.035" thick, conforming with ASTM D3953-91.
2. Galvanized connection devices such as turnbuckles,
eyebolts, strap buckles, and cable clamps should be
rated at 3,150 working load minimum.
3. Ground anchors — capable of withstanding at least a
4725 pound pull. Anchors must be installed as specified
by the anchor manufacturer. Stabilizers or concrete col-
lars may be required by anchor manufacturer.
THE HOME MUST BE IN ITS FINAL LEVEL POSITION
PRIOR TO TYING IT DOWN.
The procedure for tying down the manufactured home is
as follows:
1. Position and install the ground anchors under exterior
walls so that the final strap angle and height (H) will be
within the limits shown in tables 5 thru 6C.
2. Connect the straps to the frame and ground anchors
(See Figs. 5-9 and 5-10). Straps wrapped around the (-
Beam as shown in Fig. 5-9 require protection from pre-
mature failure due to sharp corners. Fig. 5-9A illustrates
one method to protect against sharp corner damage.
Other methods (such as beam clamps — Tie -Down
Engineering part no. 59003 or equivalent) approved by
the local building authority having jurisdiction may be
used.
22
3. Tighten the straps using the tensioning device provided
with the ground anchors. Use caution to avoid overten-
sioning the straps which might pull the home off the
piers. It is recommended that all straps be tightened only
enough to remove slack. Then, after all straps are installed
and the slack removed, tension the straps.
4. The strap tension should be rechecked at frequent inter-
vals until all pier settlement has stopped.
CAUTION: DURING THE RELEVELING PROCESS, DO
NOT JACK THE HOME AGAINST TIGHT STRAPS.
Protect sharp comers with 26Ga. (0.019" min.) x
2" galvanized steel strapping material formed to
fit around beam flanges.
Sharp comer
protection at top and
bottom of beam if
strap is wrapped
around beam. Unit I -Beam
FIG. 5-9A
SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued)
MANUFACTURED HOME TIE -DOWN INSTRUCTIONS (Continued)
OPTIONAL OVER -THE -ROOF STRAP PROCEDURE
If over -the -roof straps are provided (optional on all homes)
they may be connected to ground anchors as specified in the
following procedure in order to achieve additional stability in
extreme winds. Note that the frame tie -down procedure on
page 22 is still mandatory.
STEP 1
STRAP BUCKLE
NOT PROVIDED
PULL TIGHT
DOWN TO ANCHOR
Q,O���a��oe�F♦♦♦♦
lop
OF
♦oo♦ a®1i'3 ,A a
Strap to frame tie -down procedure
Note: Beam attachment device may be run to top or FIG. 5-9
bottom of I -Beam if device is approved in that manner.
Materials not furnished with the home which will be nec-
essary to properly connect the over -the -roof straps are:
1. Ground anchors capable of withstanding at least 4,750
pound pull when installed in the soil at the site.
2. Strap end connection devices (See Fig. 5-10).
THE HOME MUST BE IN ITS FINAL LEVEL POSITION
WITH FRAME TIES INSTALLED BEFORE CONNECTING
THE OVER -THE -ROOF STRAPS.
The procedure for over -the -roof strap installation is as
follows:
1. Position and install the ground anchors so that the strap
will be vertical after attachment to the anchor. The anchor
may be installed slightly beneath the home to avoid in-
terference with skirting (See Fig. 5-11).
2. Insert the minuteman connector yoke through the eye in
the anchor and insert slotted bolt through the yoke.
3. Place end of strap through slotted bolt and remove slack
by turning bolt. DO NOT TENSION UNTIL BOTH ENDS
OF STRAP ARE CONNECTED.
4. Tension and lock minuteman connector in position; con-
sult instructions furnished with connectors.
5. Check strap tension (See step 4 under frame tie -down
procedure).
6. For double -wide homes see Fig. 5-12 for the splice con-
nection at the centerline.
23
cc
—MI�
IN.
rk�-
MINUTEMAN
STRAP DEVICE OR
OPTIONAL UNDER -SKIN STEEL STRAP
EQUIVALENT
(FACTORY INSTALLED)
M N
F"
STRAPS TO BE
APPROVED
;;
INSTALLED
ANCHOR
�'y
VERTICALLY
FIG. 5-10
ANCHOR FIG. 5-11
ANCHOR
1. Insert end of the strap through the slot on the
splice device, allowing 15" of strap to extend DOUBLEWIDE OPTIONAL
through the device. OVER -THE -ROOF STRAPS
2. Make a 180 degree bend in the strap and slide a STEP 1
strap seal over the double thickness of strap, posi-
tioning the strap seal as close to the splice device
as possible. Compress the strap seal on the strap STRAP SEAL
with a pair of vise grip pliers or hammer, or crimp
strap seal with an A -B Chance crimping tool. (Make
all bends in the strap as sharp as possible by ® SPLICE DEVICE STEP 2
crimping with vise grip or larger pliers).
3. Bend strap back over the seal and insert back
through the slot on the splice device. Flatten bend
with vise grip pliers or hammer.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 with the mating strap. STEP 3
Draw the completed assembly down to the ridge FIG. 5-12 O
beam by tensioning the strap in the ground anchor.
23
. TABLE 5
STRAP ANGLE TABLE FOR STANDARD HEIGHT PIERS
SINGLE-WIDES WIND ZONE I
WIND ZONE I
ANCHORS/STRAPS 12' O.C. ANCHORS/STRAPS 14' O.C.
MIN STRAP ANGLE 18 DEGREES 22 DEGREES
MAX. STRAP ANGLE 47 DEGREES 1 37 DEGREES
DOUBLE-WIDES
ANCHORS/STRAPS 12' O.C.
ANCHORS/STRAPS 14' O.C.
MIN STRAP ANGLE 8 Degrees, 10.5 Degrees for 32' Wides
1
8 Degrees, 12.5 Degrees for 32' Wides
MAX. STRAP ANGLE 43 Degrees, 54.5 Degrees for 32' Wides
33 Degrees, 47 Degrees for 32' Wides
DOUBLE-WIDES WITH 5/12 ROOF PITCH
ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. NA
e Iffii;FkTRAP ANGLE 1 5.4 Degrees, 3.4 Degrees for 32' Wides
•<•.oy..: RAP ANGLE 1 42.5 Degrees, 41.5 Degrees for 32' Wides -
j\ 0J1' 1 *MIN./MAX. PIER HEIGHTS FOR STANDARD HEIGHT PIERS
4' O.C.
99.5
12
16
12
25
12
33
MAIN I -BEAM SPACING in
ANCHORS/STRAPS 12' O.C.
SINGLE-WIDES WIND ZONE I
75.5 82 99.5
75.5 82 99.5
•
A ..•
•
WIND ZONE I
-
-
12
23
12
30
12
35
12
56
12
14
12
22
12
25
12
29
-
-
o.�'I
•23;ooaaa
�+ o�
th; ° EAM SPACING in
ANCHORS/STRAPS 12' O.C.
ANCHORS/STRAPS 1
;2.5 82 92.5
82
26 ft
WIDES
1 2 ft
WIDES
14 ft
WIDES
16 ft
WIDES
18 ft
WIDES
H
36 32 23
14 12 12
48 44 35
16 13 12
60 56 47
- - 12
- - 58
H MIN in
;3.5
25
17
34
19
42
-
-
34
13
31
15
40
-
-
H MAX in
H MIN in
H MAX in
H MIN in
H MAX in
H MIN in
H MAX in
DOUBLE-WIDES
4' O.C.
99.5
12
16
12
25
12
33
MAIN I -BEAM SPACING in
ANCHORS/STRAPS 12' O.C.
ANCHORS/STRAPS 14' O.C.
75.5 82 99.5
75.5 82 99.5
20 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
12
23
12
36
12
42
12
48
-
-
-
-
12
32
12
39
12
45
-
-
-
-
12
23
12
30
12
35
12
56
12
14
12
22
12
25
12
29
-
-
_
-
12
19
12
23
12
27
-
-
_
-
12
14
12
18
12
21
12
43
H MAX in
24 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
H MAX in
26 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
H MAX in
28 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
H MAX in
32 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
H MAX in
y... 1, AYYUGN J num nwn. pror nniynr anu v vegrees rrom max scrap angle. NOT appncaoie co wiz rw mooeis.
DOUBLE-WIDES WITH 5/12 ROOF PITCH
MAIN I -BEAM SPACING in
ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C.
NA
75.5 82 99.5
75.5 82 99.5
28 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
- - 12
- - 27.5
- - 12
35.5
- - -
H MAX in
32 ft
WIDES
H MIN Cin
H MAX (nF7d
See Table 5 & 5A for spacing 5' typ,
I -B am
A
A Strap Anchor
ANCHOR TIE DOWN DETAIL FIG. 5-13
Buckle - See Fig. 5-9 Strap - See
page 22 for
specs.
1" min t
Main Frame H
Strap Angle ---•------- —•— ---•-- .-
Anchor rated and installed per
24 Anchor manufacturers instructions SECTION A,A
.13
TABLE 5A
STRAP ANGLE TABLE FOR HIGHER THAN STANDARD PIERS
SINGLE-WIDES WIND ZONE I
WIND ZONE 1
ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. ANCHORS/STRAPS 6' O.C.
MIN STRAP ANGLE 18 DEGREES -
MAX. STRAP ANGLE 63 DEGREES -
DOUBLE-WIDES
ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. ANCHORS/STRAPS 6' O.C.
MIN STRAP ANGLE 6 Degrees, 7 Degrees for 32' Wides 4 Degrees, 5.5 Degrees for 32' Wides
IM". STRAP ANGLE 63 De rees, 67 Degrees for 32'Wides-j 70 Degrees, 73 Degrees for 32' Wides
.A goo
o
112 b�
OF If/MAX. PIER HEIGHTS FOR HIGHER THAN STANDARD PIERS
NP.-a�.•�0� SINGLE-WIDES WIND ZONE
`1 ®
oa •
WIND ZONE I
'
MAIN I -BEAM SPACING in
ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C.
ANCHORS/STRAPS 6' O.C.
75.5 82 99.5
75.5 82 99.5
12 ft
WIDES
14 ft
WIDES
16 ft
WIDES
18 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
12 12 12
66 59 42
14 13 12
72 72 64
18 17 14
72 72 72
- - 18
- - 72
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
H MAX in
H MIN in
H MAX in
H MIN in
F_ MAX in
H MIN in
H MAX in
DOUBLE-WIDES
MAIN I -BEAM SPACING in
ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C.
ANCHORS/STRAPS 6' O.C.
75.5 82 99.5
75.5 82 99.5
20 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
12
42
12
67
12
72
12
72
-
-
-
-
12
60
12
72
12
72
-
-
-
-
12
43
12
55
12
65
12
72
12
60
12
72
12
72
12
72
-
-
-
-
12
72
12
72
12
72
-
-
-
-
12
60
12
72
12
72
12
72
H MAX in
24 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
H MAX in
26 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
H MAX in
28 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
H MAX in
32 ft
WIDES
H MIN in
H MAX in
See Table 5 & 5A for spacing ► 6. typ.
I -Bea A
A Stap Anchor
ANCHOR TIE DOWN DETAIL FIG. 5-14
25
Buckle - See Fig. 5-9
Strap - See
page 22 for
Lspecs.
1" min
Main Frame
HH
Strap Angle
- -.......
-•-•-•-•-•-
Anchor rated and installed per
,
Anchor manufacturer's instructions
TIE -DOWN DETAILS FOR EXTRA TALL PIERS (UP TO 8811).
Straps and
anchors to be
installed 6'-0"
o.c. maximum.
H
WIND ZONE I ONLY
TABLE 5B
99.5" _1
TYPICAL SINGLE -WIDE
99.5, except 24' vides
may be 99.6% 82" or
LI 75.5"
TYPICAL DOUBLE -WIDE
.....
I *• �, • •�p181
H
3121 ' ♦ -
�l s
-
w •e •
.•AL o0°°°°°
eae�en oj�l
Aye.
Straps and
anchors to be
installed 12'-0"
o.c. maximum.
8'-0" o.c.
maximum for
units with 5/12
roof pitch.
A
Notes:
1) Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress min.
2) See page 22 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and all other setup information.
3) See page 9 for required pier construction.
26
NOMINAL UNIT WIDTH
Sing/ewides Doublewides
Doublewides with
5112 Roof Pitch
14' 16' 24' 28' 32'
28' 32'
Strap Angle, A
de rets
Min.
8
8
9.1
12.1
15.7
10 7.5
Max..
69.9 1 63.9 1 39.9 34.6 32.2
34.6 32.2
Pier Height, H
inches
Min.
12
12
18
28
40
23 19
Max.
88 88 88 88 88
88 88
Notes:
1) Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress min.
2) See page 22 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and all other setup information.
3) See page 9 for required pier construction.
26
STANDARD TIE -DOWN DETAILS
TABLE 6
�eotpnnors Aoo z
�o
O F
.-*ai►s"T" •� � >
W
F SEE NOTE rfl
ATE OF ? Ty rT
'NA�.�'°� STRAP ANGLE STRAP ANGLE /
�4khlnteAtA���,
ANCHOR TO BE RATED FOR 36841 OF WORKING STRESS, TOTAL FOR BOTH STRAPS
(INSTALLED PER ANCHOR MANUFACTURES INSTRUCTIONS SEE NOTE 3)
.�a
N SINGLE -WIDE
o�
W F
w
� I
= F a Fye
STRAP ANGLE
INSTALL STRAP 9 ANCHORS
8'-B• ® ZONE 11
64" @ ZONE 111
a
4'-0'@ZONE RaM
FOR SHED ROOF
SINGLENADES
SEE TABLE FOR ELEVATION k
STRAP ANGLE UMITATIONS
SEE NOTE #1
rT1 F'T
STRAP ANGLE
ANCHOR TO BE RATED FOR 36841 OF WORKING STRESS, TOTAL FOR BOTH STRAPS.
(INSTALLED PER ANCHOR MANUFACTURES INSTRUCTIONS SEE NOTE 3)
DOUBLE -WIDE
USE 24' WIDE RESULTS FOR 12' HALF OF 22' WADE DOUBLE WWDES.
WIDTH
WIND ZONE 11
ON. a MAX. MIN. 6 MAX.
ELEVATION DIAGONAL STRAP ANGLE
WIND ZONE III
MNL & MAX. MDL a MAX.
ELEVATION DIAGONAL STRAP ANGLE
12'
14' TO 25'
25' TO 40'
14' TO 26'
25' TO 41'
14'
12' TO 27'
20.5' TO 40'
12' TO 28'
20.5' TO 41'
12' SHED ROOF
25.2' TO 34.6"
41' TO 50'
25.2' TO 34.6'
41' TO 50'
14 SHED ROOF
23.4 TO 38.4
36' TO 50'
23.4 TO 38.4
36' TO 50'
16'
16' TO 36'
20.5' TO 40'
15.5' TO 38'
19.5' TO 41'
18'
20' TO 44'
20.5' TO 40'
19' TO 47'
19.5' TO 41'
20' OR 22'
12' TO 15'
34' TO 40'
12' TO 15'
34' TO 42'
24'
12* TO 22*
24.5'TO40'
12' TO 23.5'
24.5'TO42'
28'
1 12* TO 23.5'
23' TO 40'
12' TO 25.5'
23' TO 42'
32'
1 12' TO 33'
16.6' TO 39.3'
12' TO 36'
16.6' TO 41.8'
NOTES :
1.) FOR STRAP MATERIAL SPECIFICATION, CONNECTION TO FRAME I -BEAM k OTHER SETUP INFORMATION, REFER TO SKYLINE INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.) FOR ANCHORING SYSTEMS, THE INSTRUCTIONS SHALL INDICATE : A) THE MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED ; 8) ANCHORS SHOULD BE
CERTIFIED BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, ARCHITECT, OR A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY AS TO THEIR RESISTANCE, BASED ON
THE MAXIMUM ANGLE OF DIAGONAL TIE AND/OR VERTICAL TIE LOADING AND ANGLE OF ANCHOR INSTALLATION, AND TYPE OF SOIL IN WHICH THE
ANCHOR IS TO BE INSTALLED; C) GROUND ANCHORS SHOULD BE EMBEDDED BELOW THE FROST UNE AND BE AT LEAST 12 INCHES ABOVE
THE WATER TABLE; D) GROUND ANCHORS SHOULD BE INSTALLED TO THEIR FULL DEPTH, AND STABIUZER PLATES SHOULD BE INSTALLED TO
PROVIDE ADDED RESISTANCE TO OVERTURNING OR SLIDING FORCES; E) ANCHORING EOUIPMENT SHOULD BE CERTIFIED BY A PROFESSIONAL
ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT TO RESIST THESE SPECIFIED FORCES IN ACCORDANCE WNTH TESTING PROCEDURES IN ASTM STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR
STRAPPING, FLAT STEEL AND SEALS.
3.) ANCHORS RATED 1113150# OF WORIONG STRESS TOTAL FOR BOTH STRAPS, MAY BE USED IF STRAP k ANCHOR SPACING IS REDUCED TO
5'-8' 0 WIND ZONE II AND 4'-6' 0 WND ZONE IL STRAPS AND ANCHORS MAY BE INSTALLED 4'-0' O.C. ON SHED ROOF SINGLEWTDES
VATH ANCHORS RATED 0 3150f
4.) THE A -B CHANCE STRAP SEAL DEVICE DEPICTED BY FIG. 5-12 MAY BE USED AS DIRECTED FOR ATTACHING THE REQUIRED DOUBLEWIDE
CENTERLINE STRAPS TO GROUND ANCHORS
5.) STANDARD TIE -DOWN DETAILS ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO 5/12 ROOF PITCH DOUBLEWDES 0 WIND ZONE II k 11.
SKYLINE CORP.
27
Sidewall
straps are
factory
installed.
Z*
Ground anchor'
(typical).
TIE -DOWN DETAILS FOR 5/12 ROOF PITCH
DOUBLE WIDES AT WIND ZONE 11 & III
TABLE M
Optional Strap
location
A2 I
Standard Strap
Al
NOTES:
1). Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress (min.).
2) Use H1 and Al for standard strap location. Use H2 and A2 for optional strap location.
3) See page 22 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and other setup
information.
4) The A -B chance strap seal device depicted by Fig. 5-12 may be used as directed for
attaching the required doublewide centerline straps to ground anchors.
28
Straps and Anchors
to be spaced
6'-0" o.c. max. @
Zone II
64" o.c. max. @
Zone III.
1
�OF
WIND ZONE It (100 mph)
Unit Width
H max.
H min. Angle max.
Angle min.
24'
48"
12" 23.2 degrees
6.12 de rees
26'
48"
12" 20.3 degrees
6.12 de rees
28'
48"
12" 20.3 degrees
5.28 degrees
32'
48"
12" 18.96 degrees
4.91 de rees
NOTES:
1). Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress (min.).
2) Use H1 and Al for standard strap location. Use H2 and A2 for optional strap location.
3) See page 22 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and other setup
information.
4) The A -B chance strap seal device depicted by Fig. 5-12 may be used as directed for
attaching the required doublewide centerline straps to ground anchors.
28
Straps and Anchors
to be spaced
6'-0" o.c. max. @
Zone II
64" o.c. max. @
Zone III.
1
�OF
WIND ZONE M (110 mph)
Unit Width
H max.
H min. Angle max.
Angle min.
24'
30"
12" 15.0 degrees
6.12 degrees
26'
30"
12" 13.85 degrees
6.12 degrees
28'
32"
12" 13.85 degrees
5.28 de rees
32'
32"
12" 12.9 degrees
4.91 degrees
NOTES:
1). Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress (min.).
2) Use H1 and Al for standard strap location. Use H2 and A2 for optional strap location.
3) See page 22 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and other setup
information.
4) The A -B chance strap seal device depicted by Fig. 5-12 may be used as directed for
attaching the required doublewide centerline straps to ground anchors.
28
Straps and Anchors
to be spaced
6'-0" o.c. max. @
Zone II
64" o.c. max. @
Zone III.
1
�OF
TIE -DOWN DETAILS FOR UNITS WITH 102" SIDEWALLS
TABLE 6B
Alternate Tiedown
Factory installed Strap location. Wind
siddwall strap. Alternate Zone 11 or 111 only.
Not required at Sip \
Wind Zone I. angle (A).
Z"
Ground anchor
(typical).
iry installed
an strap.
squired at
Zone I.
H
TYPICAL DOUBLEWIDE
Standard Tledown 5���
Strap) ; on Strap
angle (A).
Alternate Tiedown Strap location.
Wind Zone II or III only.
Alternate Standard Tledown
Strap Strap location
angle (A). I Standard
Strap
angle (A).
�Iffi
STANDARD TIF -DOWN STRAP LOCATIONS
Straps and Anchors to
be spaced
12'-0" ox. max. at
Wind Zone I.
8'-0" ox. max. on
5/12 roof pitch units
@ Wind Zone I.
5'-0" ox. malt. at
Wind Zone II.
4'-0" ox. max. at
Wind Zone ill.
AI TFRNATF TIF11OWN STRAP LOCATIONS
14' Sin lewldes
16' Sin lewides
28' Doublewides .
32' Doublewides
28' Doublewides
with 5/12 roof pttch
_
H max.
32"
44.5"
36"
49.5"
25.25"
c as
H min.
12"
14"
12"
12"
12"
18.6 reel
A max
45.0 degrees
46.0 degrees
50.0 degrees
51.0 degrees
40.0 degrees
tp
A min
19.0 deareas
18.0 dearees
7.0 dearess
10.0 yeas
6.5 d rasa
48" -
H max.
28"
37"
25"
35"
-
c C
H min.
13"
17.5'
12"
12"
-
A r1Yn
A max
41.0 degrees
40.5 degrees
41.5 degrees
41.0 degrees
N
A min
22.0 roes
22.0 dauram
23.0 d rees
16.6 dearam
-
__
H max.
33"
44"
29"
41"
-
e m
H min.
12'
.15.5"
12"
12"
-
cA
max
45.7 degrees
45.5 degrees
45.8 degrees
45.5 degrees
N
Amin
20.4 degrees
19.7 dearees
23.0 decrees
16.6 degrees
-
AI TFRNATF TIF11OWN STRAP LOCATIONS
NOTES:
1) Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress (min.).
2) See page 22 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and other setup information.
3) Main I -Beam spacing to be 99.5" min. on all units.
4) Not available on 5/12 roof pitch units at Wind Zone II or III.
29
14' SInglewlides
16' Sin lewides
28' Doublewldes
28' Doublewides
32' Doublewides with 5/12 roof pitch
-
H max.
48"
48"
48"
48" -
C
H min.
12"
12"
12"
12" -
p
A max
20.0 rees
18.6 reel
20.6 degrees
19.0 degTees -
N
A min
5. degrees
4.8 roes
5.4 rees
4.9 d roes -
=
H max.
4W
48"
48"
48" -
c m
H min.
12"
12"
12"
12" -
A max
20.0 roes
18.6 rens
20.6 degrees
19.0 degrees
N
A r1Yn
5.2 dowees
4.8 dearees
reel
4.8 degrees -
NOTES:
1) Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress (min.).
2) See page 22 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and other setup information.
3) Main I -Beam spacing to be 99.5" min. on all units.
4) Not available on 5/12 roof pitch units at Wind Zone II or III.
29
-----------
TAG UNIT — L -
TYPICAL DOUBLE -WIDE W/TAG
GROUND ANCHORS LONGIUDNAL TEDONNS
NAIL HORIZONTAL ANGLE
(SEF TABLE)
I -BEAN FRONT OR REAR
CROSS MEMBER
TOP VIEW
END OF HOME —
I
LONGIUDNAL TIEDOMNS -� L OR
_ T _ J FRONTT MEMBER
MAX YfR11CALA� 4F
GROUND ANCHOR ; SEE i P AGROUND LEVEL
ANGLES mEGREESI
ANGLES (DEGREES)
--��-------------
TYPICAL SINGLE -WIDE
-------- -
TYPICAL DOUBLE -WIDE
TYPICAL TRIPLE -WIDE
MAIN I -BEAM \
SHOULDER -TYPE Elf BOLT,
NUT &WASHER NOT PROVIDED
AI
STRAP—�
CABLE -FRAME TIE -DOWN CONNECTION
VERTICAL ANG= IS MEASURED FROM STRAP TO LEVEL HORIZONTAL PLANE 0 ANCHOR.
SIDE VIEW RLE MH 9321
2 TE -DOWN STRAPS @ FRONT & REAR OF EACH FLOOR. MIND ZONE N VOL 4
NOMINAL LUT WIDTH fleet) LL 48 PAGE 25
DOUBLE-WIDES W/5/12 ROOF PITCH
2 TE -DOWN STRAPS @ FRONT S REAR OF EACH FLOOR. WIND ZONE NI
NOMINAL LUT WIDTH (feet)
SINGLE-WIDES DOUBLE-WIDES DOUBLE-WIDES MIM12 ROOF PITCH
4 TE -DOWN STRAPS @ FRONT & REAR OF EACH FLOOR. WIND ZONE U
SINGLE-WIDES DOUBLE-WIDES DOUBLE-WIDES W/5/12 ROOF PITCH
ANGLES (DEGREESI 12 14 16' 18' 14 26 28 32 24 26 28 32 TRIPLE -_j TAG UMTS
4 TIE -DOWN STRAPS @ FRONT & REAR OF EACH FLOOR. WIND ZONE W
NOMINAL RUT WIDTH Ileet)
SINGLE-WIDES
ANGLES
DOUBLE-WIDES W/5/12 ROOF PITCH
TABLE 6
NOTES:
1.) LONGITUDINAL TIE -DOWNS ARE IN ADDITION TO DIAGONAL TIE -DOWNS ALONG THE MAIN RAILS.
2.) GROUND ANCHORS, STRAPS & CABLES (INCLUDING EYEBOLT, NUT, ETC.) SHALL BE CAPABLE OF RESISTING AN ULTIMATE LOAD OF 4725 Ibs. (3150 Ibs. DESIGN)
MIN. INSTALL GROUND ANCHOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH GROUND ANCHOR MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. SEE NOTE 2 PAGE 29.
3.) ANCHORAGE SYSTEM SUBJECT TO LOCAL INSPECTION AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. 4.) OTHER METHODS APPROVED BY LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORITIES MAY BE USED.
5.) LONGITUDINAL TIE -DOWNS ARE NOT REQUIRED AT WIND ZONE I.6.) IF A DOUBLE -WIDE UNIT HAS A ROOF PITCH EXCEEDING 3/12 (i.e. 4/12) THEN USE 5/12 ROOF PITCH
REQUIREMENTS.
30 -
SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued)
TIE -DOWN STRAP INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
To properly install ground anchors and tie -down straps
for a home, certain criteria must be established. This criteria
is as follows:
1. Width of the home.
2. Main I-beam spacing of the home.
3. Wind Zone area where home is to be placed.
4. Distance from bottom of I -Beam to ground.
5. Torque reading of the soil.
6. Nominal roof pitch of unit (for double-wides).
For this example assume the home being installed is a
14 foot wide (single -wide) by 66 feet long. The home is being
installed in Wind Zone I, and the main I-beam spacing has
been established at 99-1/2 inches. The home has a 12 inch
tall I -Beam, and the clearance from the I-beam to the ground
is measured at 20 inches. To determine the distance (H)
from the ground to the underside of the floor add the I-beam
depth (12") to the clearance between I-beam and the ground
(20"). Therefore H = 12" + 20" = 32".
From Table 5 on page 22 (Wind Zone 1) determine the
maximum allowable strap spacing. Enter table at left hand
side for 14' wides, and check the maximum pier height (H)
for 99.5" I-beam spacing. H max. = 35" with straps/anchors
spaced at 12' o.c. maximum. Therefore, tie -down strap
31
spacing should not exceed 12 foot on center. If the home
were placed in a Wind Zone II or III area, the tables on
pages 26 or 27 would be used.
Next, determine the correct soil anchors to be used. An
anchor soil test probe is required to test the soil where the
example home is to be set. The soil test probe looks like a
long drill bit with a fitting at the top which accepts a torque
wrench. The torque required to turn the probe, when the
probe reaches the desired anchor depth is measured. The
anchor manufacturer provides a chart relating the measured
torque value to the type of anchor required to provide the
desired holding force.
AN INCORRECTLY SELECTED ANCHOR WILL NOT
PROVIDE THE REQUIRED LOAD RESISTANCE.
For this example, assume a torque of 300 inch -pounds
was measured at a probe depth of 4 feet. A class 4 soil is
indicated from the anchor manufacturer data. The correct
anchor would be identified and rated for a class 4 soil.
Soil anchors must be installed as directed by the anchor
manufacturer. If the direction of the pull is not in line with the
shaft of the anchor, a concrete cylinder collar or a ground
anchor stabilizer plate is required. The anchor manufacturer
installation instructions should describe the correct anchor
placement with regard to direction, water table level and
frost line location.
SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued)
DOUBLE -WIDE EXTERIOR CLOSURE
HARDBOARD SIDING
Fasten the precut strip of Masonite with 8d galvanized nails
(head should be painted to match the siding) 4" o.c. around
the perimeter and 8" o.c. on the intermediate studs. Apply
trim and caulking at the centerline, horizontal joints and
around windows (if required) as illustrated by the details in
Figure 5-18. (in cases where the Masonite has to be cut to
fit in the field, the ripped edges should be stained to match the
siding with acrylic latex stain).
Note: Use 8d galvanized Figure A Figure B
box nails w/min. 3/15' Vertical Masonite Application Double Wide Masonite
dia. heads at 4" o.c.
around perimeter and 8" Close -Off Application
o.c. at intermediate 15' o.c. max.
studs. typical studs Unit
Centerline
3/8" Typ.-
.............. ........ -
8'
Typ.
Butyl caulking
at joint
4" Typ.
Masonite Siding
*14"Typ.4" Masonite Close -o
ff field
installed w/8d galvanized box 8d galvanized
4
nails 8" o.c. at Wind Zone 1, 6' box nails 4" o.c.
Yp.*
4-3 o.c. at Wind Zones 11 and 111.
o 0 1-1 /8"
Stain edges to match
Masonite (See note 1)
unit
Perimeter Joist
Centerline Stain bottom edge
Figure C Figure D
Vertical Joint Horizontal Joint
Masonite Siding Masonite Siding
Use 8d galvanized box
nails 4" o.c. w/min. 3/16'
dia. heads
Figure E
Typical Window Trim Application
&'Typ. At Wind
Zone 1, 6" Typ. At Caulk with butyl
Wind Zone II 8 III
Z caulking to match trim
IT,
Butyl caulking to Typ-
match trim (fill
Use 8d galvanized box nails
w/min 3/15' dia. heads
Masonite
Caulk joint
w/Butyl caulking
Masonite Strip (rip
from siding sheets)
Stain Edges
to match
Masonite Siding
(May be lap siding)
Flashing
Use 8d galvanized
box nails 4" o.c.
NOTE:
1. All ripped edges to be stained with matching acrylic latex
stain from siding mfg.
32
FIG. 5-18
-<
•
;i>—
rabbetted area)
Use 8d galvanized box nails
w/min 3/15' dia. heads
Masonite
Caulk joint
w/Butyl caulking
Masonite Strip (rip
from siding sheets)
Stain Edges
to match
Masonite Siding
(May be lap siding)
Flashing
Use 8d galvanized
box nails 4" o.c.
NOTE:
1. All ripped edges to be stained with matching acrylic latex
stain from siding mfg.
32
FIG. 5-18
SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued)
DOUBLE -WIDE EXTERIOR CLOSURE
VINYL LAP SIDING
Apply a 2" wide strip of duct tape at the marriage joint of
the endwalls for the entire height of the walls. Apply the duct
tape directly over the sheathing.
The siding panels should be attached using galvanized
steel or aluminum 16 ga. 1/2 by 1" staples. (6d galvanized
nails may also be used). Staples should be driven so that
there is a 1/32" clearance between the siding and staple
crown to allow some lateral movement. Fasten every 16"
at the stud location. See Figure 5-19 Detail A for proper
fastening.
Snap the bottom course of siding into the starter strip
and fasten to the wall. Leave a 1/4" space at corner posts
and'S channels around window and door openings to allow
for expansion. Do not fasten within 4" of an accessory. Vertical
butt joints in panels should overlap 1 ". Do not fasten the panel
within 4" of the joint. Install vinyl, aluminum, felt or other suit-
able material for flashing at bottom corners of doors and
windows per Figure 5-19 Detail E. Apply caulk around siding
and light blocks, water faucets, or other small penetrations.
Install successive courses similarly to the first. Butt joints
in adjacent courses should be offset by aty least 24". Joints
in alternate courses should be aligned vertically (See Figure
5-19 Detail B).
Panels will have to be cut at headers and sills. A single
panel should extend without joints across the width of the
opening. When cutting a panel at a sill, measure the dis-
tance between the bottom of the opening and the top lock of
the lower course, then deduct 1/4" (See Fig. 5-19 Detail C).
Slide the cut panel into the under sill trim and install. Note
that the under sill trim piece may have to be furred to main-
tain the proper pitch of the siding.
Measure and cut the header panel in the same manner
as indicated above.
The top sections at the gable will need to be angle cut.
Use two scrap pieces of siding to make a pattern (See Fig.
5-19 Detail D). Interlock one piece with the siding panel
below. Hold the other piece on top against the gable. Mark a
line on the bottom piece and cut. Use this piece as a pattern
for cutting gable pieces. Install the gable pieces by inter-
locking with the lower course, sliding into the gable 'J' rail
and fastening.
r�-
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
FIG. 5-19
33
DETAIL C
MARK ANGLE 2 SCRAP
FOR CUT PIECESOF
SIDING
PATTERN
FOR
ANGLE
DETAIL D
J TRIM
t�
DIVERTE2
y2 wa.
ALL. PURFose 772/M ,Z
DETAIL E
SETUP PROCEDURES (Continued)
DOUBLE -WIDE EXTERIOR CLOSURE
JAMES HARDIE "HARDIPLANK" OR "HARDIPANEL"
SIDING fasteners evenly spaced between studs into sheathing at
"Hardiplank" and "Hardipanel" are fiber -cement siding Wind Zone II and III only. "Hardiplank" siding is not allowed
panels. "Hardiplank" is a lap style siding, and "Hardipanel" is within 3 feet of a sidewall/endwall comer at Wind Zone III.
a panel type siding. Fasten the siding panels to framing Finish siding by painting with a exterior grade, semi -gloss
members with 6d galvanized nails (2" long min. - 2-1/4" with acrylic or latex paint. All ripped edges of panels should be
"HardiPlank" at Wind Zones II and III) per the details shown in painted to match.
Figure 5-20 below. "Hardiplank" siding requires 2 additional
1 1-
Figure A
Hardiplank
Siding
1/4" to 1/2"
Figure C
Hardiplank
Siding
1"x1" Wood 5
I Starter Detail I
Figure B
Rim Joist or
Exterior wall Hardiplank
bottom plate Siding
1" Lath starter strip
I A4 t/YVVY awps
Figure D
Lap joints must fall at
stud. Staggerjoints at
least 2 stud bays. 48"
min. between joints at
same course. 2 Stud
Fasten with 6d nails
bays required from wall
12" to 16" o.c. comer to 1 st joint. -
Inside Comer
Figure E 6d nail req'd at each stud location (16" o.c.).
2 additional nails req'd at Wind Zones II and III.
These fasteners shall be evenly spaced between
studs into a 3/8" (min.) structural sheathing.
1-1/4" min.
Figure F
Window frame
Outside Comer
Fasten with 6d nails
12" to 16" o.c.
Lap Joint
ardiplank
ding
3/4" to 1"
Hardiplank
Siding
Flash, shim, gap
3/16" and caulk.
34
HardiPlank Nailing
This fastening styli
is req'd at Wind
Zones II & III.
Window Detail
Figure G
2" min. from comers
NOTE:
6d nails 6" o.c. at
edges & 12" o.c. n
i
... .. . • • • .. •
" ' ' '
' • • •
Double studs are required within 3 feet of a sidewall/endwall
q
field at Wind Zone I.
' '
comer at Wind Zones II and III. Fasten HardiPanel siding
6d nails 5" o.c. at
panels to both studs at double stud locations.
edges & 5" o.c. in
..
field at Wind Zones II
• ..
Cover joints
& III.
• • • • • •
• with lumber
• •
•
battens or
caulk
Hardipanel
j
Siding
• • • • •-•-��•
3/8" min. 3/8" min.
HardiPanel Ap lication
FIG. 5-20
34
SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued)
SHINGLE ROOF CLOSURE
INSTALLATION OF SHINGLED ROOF:
1. Fold back underlayment paper.
2. Remove the 12 inch wide sheathing at the ridge beam of
each half which was temporarily secured to the roof at
the factory.
3. Bolt the ridge beam together as outlined on page 20. For
models with heat ducts in the roof cavity make the inter-
connection of two units by running the provided flexible
duct through the access hole in the ridge beam. After
the mechanical connection is made, tape the joint with
2 inch wide duct tape.
4. See Fig. 5-21. Reinstall the 3/8" x 12" wide sheathing
using 15 gauge x 7/16" x 1-1/2" staples or 8d twist nails
4 inches on center at butt joints and at each truss
between joints. Special fastening may be required at
trusses located over shearwalls. These trusses will be
marked with a paint spot on the truss top chord. Fasten
roof sheathing to these trusses with fasteners spaced
2" o.c. (3" o.c. — if truss is doubled — to both trusses).
5. If home is to be set in a Wind Zone II or III area, then
apply a 6" wide strip of asphalt cement to the roof
decking on both halves of home, directly adjacent to the
roof peak.
6.Tack roof underlayment paper back in place.
7. Staple additional underlayment strip down, centered at
ridge.
8. Fasten drip cap to sheathing at roof edge (above felt).
9. Complete installation of shingles (See Fig. 5-22).
10. Cut shingles for ridge cap and install as shown in
Figures 5-24 and 5-25.
NOTE: TO PREVENT WIND LIFTING AND POSSIBLE
LEAKAGE, THE RIDGE CAP SHINGLES SHOULD BE
ORIENTED WITH RESPECT TO PREVAILING WINDS AS
INDICATED IN FIG. 5-25.
11. Install closure cap at eave joint (See Fig. 5-26).
12. See supplement for ridge vent if applicable.
35
o FIELD INSTALLED
SHEATHING
(3 COURSEID RIDGE SHINGLES
UNOERLAYMENT PAPER
SITE INSTALLED
2 /g•
SHINGLES UNDERLAYMENT -STRIP
*
q
UNDERLAYMENT
Y4' SHINGLE
PAPER
FIELD INSTALL
FOLDED BACK FOR �yy ,�
BEAM BOLTING-\_
30' SHINGLE
SHEATHING 5
GRIP
FIELD INSTALL
i
CAP
34' SHINGLE
Flat INSTALL
SEE FIG, 16
RIDGE BEAM
FOR FASTENING
REOW REMENT
IF THE ROOFING IN THE AREA OF 1HE FROM IMINE MMS BEEN
COVERED 10 PROW FROM MPO OMMINA DINING VWMSIL THE
PROTECTIVE ODWRIIO ANO FASTENERS ARE TO SE ONIMPA.LY
REMOVED. SEK THE RISTENER IDLES MIIN AW "W.11 RDWM
CEMENT.
FIG. 5-21
FIGS -22
OPTIONAL CENTERLINE METAL FLASHING AND SHINGLE INSTALLATION.
10' STRIP OF UNDERLAYMENT PAPER INSTALLED
INSTALL SHINGLES (EACH SECTION) TO CENTERLINE
OVER METAL FLASHING AND SHINGLES.
SHINGLE RIDGE CAP INSTALL PER FIGURES 5-23
801 GA. (MIN.) OR .019 (MIN.) ALUMINUM METAL
THROUGH 5-25 OF INSTALLATION MANUAL.
ROLL FLASHING. FASTEN WITH 1'x 1 1/4% 16 GA.
GALVANIZED STAPLES OR ROOFING NAILS ® 16' O.C.
BOTH SIDES.
FIGS -22A
35
SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued)
DOUBLE WIDE SHINGLED ROOF
FASTENERS:
USE I" -CROWN X I" LEG IG GA GALVANIZED
STAPLES OR I%q' 12 GA. GALVANIZED ROOFING
NAILS WITH -%' DIAMETER HEADS
3G' SHINGLE
x x x x 12
WIND ZONE I
3G" SHINGLE
x X X x x x 12n
WIND ZONES 1IDIl=
NAIL I" FROM EACH END
55/BABOVE EXPOSED BUTT &
5/4'ABOVE EACH CUT OUT
FIG. 5-23
NAIL OR STAPLE RIDGE
SINGLES AS INDICATED.
SEE FIG. 5-23 FOR FASTENER
SIZES.
AN
+ r Q
�4, O
4
5" EXPOSURE
RIDGE LINE
FIG. 5-25
36
CUT SHINGLE INTO 3 PIECES
AS SHOWN BY DOTTED LINE
1
1
I 1 2 1 3
FIG. 5-24
SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued)
DOUBLE -WIDE UTILITY INTERCONNECTION
ELECTRICAL INTERCONNECTION OF DOUBLE-WIDES
Bonding
Chassis halves floor joist construction are to be bonded
together with the provided bonding wire and lugs (See
page 51).
Electrical Crossover
NOTE: ALL ON-SITE ELECTRICAL WORK MUST BE
PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. BEFORE
CONNECTING ELECTRICAL CROSSOVER ASSURE
THAT POWER HAS NOT YET BEEN CONNECTED.
Endwall Crossover
The procedure for this interconnection is as follows:
1. Feed wires from side B through metallic wire protectors
into junction box or Sub -Panel in side A (See Fig. 5-27).
2. Staple wires within 8 inches of junction box or Sub -Panel
to side of stud at centerline of stud.
3. Remove cover from junction box inside home; cut wires
to length allowing a minimum of 4 inches of free wire
extending from box.
4. Strip approximately 1 inch of wire and connect like circuit
numbers (white to white, black to black, ground to
ground, red to red on multi -circuits and 240V circuits)
with the provided wire nuts.
5. Push wires into box and replace cover.
NOTE: SOME MODELS MAY HAVE ELECTRICAL
CROSSOVERS AT FRONT AND REAR.
Below Floor Crossover
The correct procedure is as follows:
1. Remove the pull box covers and install the provided con-
duit and conductors between the boxes (See Fig. 5-28).
_UL
Ed A ACCESS TO JUNi
CTION Sd B
i I
Sde A /BOX - INSIDE HOME Sde B -4I
( FACTORY INSTALLED
-- — — WIRE PROTECTORS
L--_�I
FIG 5-27
WNW:I & UUNUUGTURS
(MATERIALS PROVIDED)
FIG. 5-28
2. Using the provided wire connectors, connect like circuit
numbers (white to white, black to black, ground to
ground, red to red on multi -circuits and 240V circuits).
3. Push wires into boxes and replace covers.
Below Floor Crossovers
In Floor Pull Box
The correct procedure is as follows:
1. Remove plywood access covers and cut bottom board
for access to wires (See Fig. 5-28A).
2. Feed wires around bottom of marriage line floor joists
and into junction box.
3. Cut wires to length allowing a minimum of 4" free wire
extending into box.
4. Strip approximately 1 inch of wire and connect like circuit
numbers (white to white, black to black, ground to
ground, red to red on multi -circuits and 240V circuits).
5. Replace access covers and tape bottom board with
provided tape.
In Floor Pull Box
The correct procedure is as follows:
1. Remove plywood access cover to pull box and cut
bottom board on opposite half for access to wires (See
Fig. 5-2813).
2. Feed wires through hole or notch in joists into junction
box.
3. Attach wires as described in steps 3 and 4 for endwall
crossover.
4. Replace access cover and tape bottom board with pro-
vided tape.
SETUP PROCEDURES (Continued)
UTILITY INTERCONNECTION
In Floor Cable Splice
The correct procedure is as follows:
1. Remove bottom board access covers (See Fig. 5-28C).
2. Feed cable through hole or notch in joists.
3. Connect cable splice together.
4. Replace access covers with provided bottom board tape.
DUCT
NOTE: Some models may require that an
axle or axles be removed to
connect the crossover duct or
connect the home air distribution
system to the heating - cooling
appliance.
SUPPORT i
STRAPS (TYP.)
Note: If unit has multiple cable splices the circuits will be
identified by the attached code markers.
Endwall Cable Splice
The correct procedure is as follows:
1. Remove access panels on exterior side of endwall
(See Fig. 5-28D).
2. Uncoil wire located inside endwall.
3. Connect cable splice halves together.
4. Reinstall access panels.
Note: If unit has multiple cable splices the circuits will be
identified by the attached code markers.
Heating Crossover
There are two basic hookup procedures for all designs.
The first procedure is the standard design and is a single 12"
diameter flexible duct. The second procedure is an optional
design that includes a varying number of 5" or 6" crossover
ducts that are installed in the floor.
The method of installation for the standard design is as
follows:
1. Connect each end of the provided insulated 12" diame-
ter flexible duct to the metal duct connector on each
half of the home by sliding duct over metal tabs on duct
connector.
2. After mechanical connections are made, tape each con-
nection with 2 -inch wide duct tape to ensure an airtight
seal.
3. Permanently secure the crossover duct with straps as
shown in Fig. 5-29. Do not allow duct to rest on the
ground. Maintain at least a 4-inchclearance between
duct and the ground.
The method of installation for optional design with stan-
dard frame is as follows:
1. Remove access panels at crossover ducts. The access
panels are located below the floor.
2. Cross cut bottom board at 8" holes in reinforcing plates.
3. Extend the flexible ducts from each half through the
access holes (See Fig. 5-29A).
CROSSOVER DUCT
FIG. 5-29
38
DUCT
NOTES: 5 STRAPS AS SHOWN TO FLOOR
JOISTS. MINIMUM CLEARANCE TO
GROUND TO .BE 4".
Splice
Hole or no
7Cable
in joists
FIG. 5-28C
Endwall
20 Amp Non -
studs
Metallic cable
Exterior
access panel
Wise - Type
NM -mor
on both
cable splice
halves.
manufactured
Fasten with
by Molex -etc
wood screws
(part no.
to wall studs.
19045).
Factory Installed wire
protectors over notches
In studs
Marriage Line for
During transit free ends of
cable are coiled and seared
in the wall cavity.
Double wide
FIG. 5-28D
DUCT
NOTE: Some models may require that an
axle or axles be removed to
connect the crossover duct or
connect the home air distribution
system to the heating - cooling
appliance.
SUPPORT i
STRAPS (TYP.)
Note: If unit has multiple cable splices the circuits will be
identified by the attached code markers.
Endwall Cable Splice
The correct procedure is as follows:
1. Remove access panels on exterior side of endwall
(See Fig. 5-28D).
2. Uncoil wire located inside endwall.
3. Connect cable splice halves together.
4. Reinstall access panels.
Note: If unit has multiple cable splices the circuits will be
identified by the attached code markers.
Heating Crossover
There are two basic hookup procedures for all designs.
The first procedure is the standard design and is a single 12"
diameter flexible duct. The second procedure is an optional
design that includes a varying number of 5" or 6" crossover
ducts that are installed in the floor.
The method of installation for the standard design is as
follows:
1. Connect each end of the provided insulated 12" diame-
ter flexible duct to the metal duct connector on each
half of the home by sliding duct over metal tabs on duct
connector.
2. After mechanical connections are made, tape each con-
nection with 2 -inch wide duct tape to ensure an airtight
seal.
3. Permanently secure the crossover duct with straps as
shown in Fig. 5-29. Do not allow duct to rest on the
ground. Maintain at least a 4-inchclearance between
duct and the ground.
The method of installation for optional design with stan-
dard frame is as follows:
1. Remove access panels at crossover ducts. The access
panels are located below the floor.
2. Cross cut bottom board at 8" holes in reinforcing plates.
3. Extend the flexible ducts from each half through the
access holes (See Fig. 5-29A).
CROSSOVER DUCT
FIG. 5-29
38
DUCT
NOTES: 5 STRAPS AS SHOWN TO FLOOR
JOISTS. MINIMUM CLEARANCE TO
GROUND TO .BE 4".
SETUP PROCEDURES (Continued)
UTILITY INTERCONNECTION -
4. Connect the flexible ducts together per the provided
manufacturer instructions using the splicing collar provided.
5. Install a strap around duct and attach to the rim joists.
6. Tape bottom board closed with provided tape.
The method of installation for the optional design with
Integral floor/frame or Perimeter frame is as follows:
1. Locate crossover locations as indicated by spray paint on
rim joists and bottom board.
2. Cut out bottom board at rim joists for crossover connec-
tions.
3. Cut the bottom board below floor for access to flexible
ducts (See Fig. 5-29A).
4. Extend the flexible ducts through the cutouts in the rim
joists from the half with the furnace to the other half.
5. Connect the flexible ducts together per the provided
manufacturer instructions using the splicing collar provided.
6. Push the floor insulation against rim joist and tape bot-
tom board closed with provided tape.
INSULATION RIM JOIST FLEXIBLE DUCT FLOOR DECKING
—rte
I
`
`� i
/i I \1
BOTTOM BOARD i i i i `\ PLYWOOD REINFORCING
1 LL1 -l� PLATE (TYR EACH SIDE)
STRAP SPLICING COLLAR
OPTIONAL CROSSOVER DUCTS FOR STANDARD FRAME
FLEXIBLE DUCT RIM JOISTSPLICING COLLAR FLOOR DECKING
\ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1\ 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1
LSL OR LVL BEAM S/
INTEGRAL FLOOR FRAME
STEEL I -BEAM W/PERIMETER
FRAME
BOTTOM BOARD/ � ACCESS AREA (TYP.)
OPTIONAL CROSSOVER DUCTS FOR INTEGRAL
FLOOR/FRAME OR PERIMETER FRAME.
FIG. 5-29A
Heating Crossover with V Bonnet
Some double -wide units will require a V -Bonnet duct
connector to be installed prior to connection of the crossover
ducts. The proper method of installation is as follows:
1. Remove axle if required for access to furnace area.
2. Fit tabs inside V -Bonnet and secure with #8x3/4" screws
in holes provided on tabs (3 per side —12 total) (See Fig.
5-296).
3. Install flexible crossover ducts per the standard crossover
duct design described on the previous page.
39
Gasline Crossover
Applicable only to models with gas appliances on
both halves. The listed flexible connector supplied with
the home must be used to make the connection. This
connector will be located beneath the home.
NOTE: DO NOT USETOOLSTO CONNECT OR REMOVE
FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR QUICK DISCONNECT.
1. Remove protective caps from the connector.
2. Connect the quick disconnect fitting.
3. Test for leaks with soapy water.
Waterline Cross Connect
Applicable only to models with plumbing on both halves
(See Fig. 5-30, 5-31, and 5-31 A).
1. Remove the shipping caps from water lines and install
provided connector.
2. Check for leaks.
3. In areas where exposed piping is subject to freezing,
protect exposed piping with heat tapes listed for use
on manufactured homes, and insulation. It is recom-
mended that only U.L. listed heat tapes be used and
installed in accordance with their listing.
SETUP PROCEDURES (Continued)
UTILITY INTERCONNECTION
CROSSOVERALT. WATER LINE
BRASS ADAPTER )r DEOGRG
MPPER FLEX PIPE
fl 2
• •
1111 -
ADAPTERBRASS
NOIE ww F UNI CONREcTOR \V MCWR AMSS COM
FIG. 5-30
�} FLOOR
I
fi
Fi
MAKE WATER CROSSOVER WITH
CONNECTORS PROVIDED WITH
FIG. 5-31 THE HOME
Alt. Water Line Crossover ICenterline
f' Access
Access Panels panel
FIG. 5-31A frame
Drainage Line Cross Connect
Applicable only to models with plumbing on both halves.
The connection may be made with field assembly of factory
supplied parts (refer to drainage of 2 bath models, page 48),
or when the below floor plumbing is factory installed, a flexible
coupler is used as follows: Use only the approved flexible
coupler provided (1-1/2 inch, 2 inch or 3 ince, as required).
See Fig. 5-32.
1. Slip the flexible coupler over one end of the drainage line.
2. Align the pipes and center the coupler over the joint.
3. Tighten the clamps and check for leakage.
DRAINAGE PIPE
1 :4
APPROVED
FLEXIBLE
FIG. 5-32 COUPLER
METAL ROOF TIGHTENING
Metal roofs may be tightened by the use of bonded wash-
ers secured to the roof truss with #8 x 1-1/4" screws, placed in
rows of four across with width of the roof and spaced at
approximately 48" o.c. along the length of the roof. Care must
be taken to assure that the screws are placed to penetrate
the truss. After application, the screw heads and washers are
to be sealed with a roof sealant material.
40
INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR LIGHT
FIXTURES
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS SHOULD BE MADE
ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. MAKE SURE
POWER IS OFF BEFORE INSTALLING LIGHT.
The correct procedure is as follows:
1. Install threaded tube in the strap secured to the fixture
outlet box as shown in Fig. 5-33.
2. Apply caulking around base of light fixture to insure a
water tight seal to side wall. (NOTE: On units with
Masonite or vinyl siding, make certain the flashing ring is
installed around outlet box.)
3. Connect wires, black to black, white to white, and ground
to ground, using wire nuts.
4. Push wires into box and secure fixture in position using
the nut provided on the threaded tube. Install the bulb.
NOTE, SOME LIGHTS WILL
USE TWO BOLTS WHICH
THREAD INTO THE MOUNTING
STRAP IN LIEU OF THE
THREADED ROD ILLUSTRATED
FIG. 5-33
FACTORY INSTALLED
VENTILATION OF SKIRTING AND
CRAWL SPACE ENCLOSURE
Skirting or other crawl space enclosures, such as foun-
dations, not only add to the appearance of the home but
also provide important benefits in the reduction of heat loss.
Enclosures also aid in reducing the danger and inconve-
nience of damaged plumbing through freeze-up.
Skyline Corporation recommends enclosing the underside
of the home; however, it is very important that any enclosure
be adequately ventilated. Ventilation openings need to be
provided in the foundation or skirting along at least the two
long walls of the home. The total area of ventilation openings
should be at least 1 square foot for each 150 square feet of
crawlspace area. An opening should be located within 3 ft.
of each corner.
PORCHES AND DECKS
Some Skyline manufactured homes are constructed with
factory -built porches or decks along the front, rear or main
entry door side of the home. Porches and decks may be
constructed with pressure treated wood floors which readily
permit the passage of rain and/or snow through the floor.
The area under porches or decks constructed with pressure
treated decking lumber must be separated from the crawl
space enclosure of the remainder of the home. Excessive
moisture in the crawl space can be the cause of window or
ceiling condensation and other problems associated with
high moisture levels in the home.
CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION OF
OPTIONAL FEATURES
ELECTRIC DRYER VENTING GAS DRYER INSTALLATION
Homes factory equipped with an electric dryer receptacle
will also have the moisture -lint exhaust system roughed -in.
To complete the moisture -lint exhaust system the following
must be performed:
1. Remove the covers over the vent hole in the floor.
2. Push the duct through the hole provided in the floor and
connect to the dryer in accordance with the dryer manu-
facturer's instructions.
NOTE: Some dryer manufacturers require that
metallic duct be connected to the dryer and routed
through floors and/or sidewalls.
3. Secure the termination fitting at the outside edge of the
floor.
NOTE: The termination fitting must be installed such
that the dryer does not exhaust beneath the home. This
may be accomplished by attaching the fitting to a piece
of exterior grade plywood or, if the home is skirted,
directly to the skirting.
4. Secure the flexible duct to the termination fitting with the
provided clamp. (Do not use sheet metal screws or other
devices which extend into the interior of the duct.)
5. Seal the duct penetration through the floor with a good
grade of caulking.
CAUTION: MATERIALS WHICH MAY BE PROVIDED FOR
THE MOISTURE -LINT EXHAUST SYSTEM ARE NOT
ACCEPTABLE FOR INSTALLATION OF GAS DRYERS.
Homes factory equipped with a gas dryer will also have
the moisture -lint exhaust duct and termination fitting pro-
vided. To complete a roughed -in system follow steps 1-5
under Electric Dryer Venting.
Homes with "stubbed -in" gas service will also have the
moisture -lint exhaust system roughed -in. However, the ex-
haust duct and termination fitting are not provided. Such
termination fittings should be supplied with the dryer at time
of installation. The gas connection and completion of the
moisture -lint exhaust system must be made by qualified
personnel in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's
installation instructions. The gas connection must be tested
(See Utility Hook-up and Testing) prior to use of the appli-
ance. To complete the moisture -lint exhaust system, follow
steps 1-5 under Electric Dryer Venting.
GRILL/RANGE VENTING
When a home is provided with a combination range
(cook top)/grill that contains its own exhaust system, the
exhaust must be routed such that it does not terminate
beneath the home. To complete the exhaust system the
following must be performed:
1. Remove the cover on the factory installed exhaust pipe
protruding from beneath the floor in the vicinity of the
range.
2. Secure the provided termination fitting at the outside
edge of the floor.
3. Run the provided flexible metallic duct between the
elbow protruding from the floor and the termination fit-
ting. Support the duct and make the connections per the
manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the
grill/range.
GAS WATER HEATER VENTING
Homes factory equipped with certain types of gas water heaters may require special provisions to ensure proper ventilation.
If the gas water heater installed in your home is not independently vented to the exterior of the home through a grilled opening
in an exterior water heater door, then the following provisions must be followed.
A. If the home is set on a crawlspace, or piers and skirting is used, then an air intake opening with a minimum free area of 32
square inches must be provided in the foundation wall or skirting. If the opening is covered by louvers or screen, the total
free area must be 32 square inches. The air intake opening should be located as close as practical to the water heater
location.
B. If the home is set on a basement, then the following steps must be taken:
1. Fabricate a plenum box to encompass the air inlet assembly without alteration to the air inlet assembly itself. This plenum
must have a minimum horizontal dimension of eight (8) inches. The minimum clearance between the air inlet assembly
and the inner wall of the plenum shall be two (2) inches. The vertical height of the plenum shall be as necessary to ac-
commodate the air inlet assembly without alteration. The air inlet assembly is a round tube that is extended from the bot-
tom of the water heater through the floor.
2. To ensure proper air entry into the fabricated plenum box, a 6 inch minimum round (or equivalent cross-sectional area)
duct is required. The duct shall be of a smooth surface, rigid variety (no flex pipe) and shall be connected to the plenum
in a manner that does not reduce the cross sectional area of the pipe.
3. The air inlet shall be of damper less type and provide a free area not less than the cross-sectional area of the duct. A
screen, if used, shall be 1/4 x 1/4 inch minimum.
41
INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued)
PADDLE FAN INSTALLATION FOR DOUBLE WIDE HOMES
WIRED FOR MOUNTING ON CENTER BEAM
A. FLUSH RIDGE BEAM wire to be. inserted in electrical box without binding
For proper ceiling fan installation, an electric outlet box against center beam during installation.
and the decorative center beam to contain the box have b. Leave approximately 4" of wire free in the box.
been provided for attachment to the ridge beam at the unit
centerline. . 5. Secure the center beam in place over the center line
CAUTION: BEFORE FOLLOWING THE STEP-BY-STEP joint. Be sure that fan supply wire is not pinched or
PROCEDURE, BE SURE THAT POWER TO FAN WIRE penetrated with beam fasteners.
IS OFF.
1. Remove the fan manufacturer's installation instructions
from the package and determine the method of fan at-
tachment to the beam. (Also see Fig. 6-1 below.)
2. If the center beam (shipped loose) does not contain a
precut hole for the electrical box, cut a hole with a hole
saw approximately '/4" larger than the box diameter at
the proper location (center line of hole should line up
with location of supply wire through ceiling) and
centered in the width of the beam.
3. Install the box in the hole and secure flange (plastic box
only) to the center beam with 4 - #6 x 1" screws.
4. a. Insert the ceiling wire through a knock out hole in
the side of the electrical box. NOTE: It may be
necessary to cut a notch from the top on the supply
wire side of the center beam hole to allow the supply
CEILING BOARD
SUPPLY WIRE COILED & SECURED/
FOR SHIPMENT
NOTCH BEAM AT HOLE IF NECESSARY
FOR WIRE CHASE
SECURE BOX TO 2x6 CENTER BEAM —�
WITH 4-#6x1" WOOD SCREWS
(FIELD INSTALLED)
6. Secure electrical box to ridge beam with #8 x 21/2' wood
screws through the two holes in the top of the box.
7. Strip about 3/d' of insulation from the white and black
conductor ends.
8. Position the non-combustible flash ring (provided) over
the electrical box so that finished surface (adjacent to
electrical box) which is to be covered by fan canopy not
exposed.
9. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructions for
mounting the fan assembly to the box and for electrical
wiring of the fan. Use provided electrical connectors for
splicing wire. Be certain that fan is grounded as
specified in manufacturer's instructions and that wires
are connected properly (white to white and black to
black).
DOUBLE WIDE RIDGE BEAM
2x6 CENTER BEAM — SHIPPED LOOSE
FOR FIELD INSTALLATION
- HOLE FOR BOX CUT THROUGH 2x6
(MAY BE CUT IN PLANT OR IN FIELD
SECURE BOX TO RIDGE BEAM WITH
2-f18x2l/2" WOOD SCREWS
(FIELD INSTALLED)
'ELECTRICAL BOX (SEE NOTE 1)
SUPPLY WIRE INSERTED IN FIELD
THROUGH SIDE KNOCKOUT'OF BOX
NOTE: APPLICABLE TO U.L. LISTED PADDLE FAN WITH A SWIVEL
TYPE MOUNTING BRACKET.
FIG. 6-1
42
INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued)
B. PROTRUDING RIDGE BEAM
For proper ceiling fan installation, a prefabricated box has
been provided and includes the electrical box for contain-
ment of the spliced wires with their connectors.
The prefab box is also designed to conceal the wire which
is run through the ceiling where the fan is to be located.
CAUTION: BEFORE FOLLOWING THE STEP-BY-STEP
PROCEDURE, BE SURE THAT POWER TO FAN WIRE IS
OFF.
1. Remove the fan manufacturer's installation instructions
from the package and determine the method of fan
attachment to the beam (See Fig. 6-2).
2. Insert the ceiling wire through a side knock out hole in
the electrical box. Secure the wire in the electrical box
clamp at a point approximately 4" from its end.
3. Place the prefab box in its final position on the beam and
secure the box to the beam with #6X2" wood screws
(provided) in the metal corner braces.
4. Strip about 3/4" of insulation from the white and black
conductor ends.
5. Position the non-combustible flash ring (provided) over
the electrical box so that the finished surface (adjacent
to electrical box) which is to be covered by fan canopy
is not exposed.
6. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructions for
mounting the fan assembly to the box and for electrical
wiring of the fan. Use provided electrical connectors for
splicing wires. Be certain that fan is grounded as speci-
fied in manufacturer's instructions and that wires are
connected properly (white to white and black to black).
�z
\�
To KM
FIG. 6-2 pr ffa 01, 1
C. FALSE RIDGE BEAM
For proper ceiling fan installation, an electrical box and a
decorative foam block have been provided for attachment to
the false beam at the unit centerline.
The prefab box is also designed to conceal the wire which
is run through the ceiling where the fan is to be located.
CAUTION: BEFORE FOLLOWING THE STEP-BY-STEP
PROCEDURE, BE SURE THAT POWER TO FAN WIRE IS
OFF.
1. Remove the fan manufacturer's installation instructions
from the package and determine the method of fan
attachment to the beam (See Fig. 6-2A).
2. After ridge beam halves have been secured together,
fasten bottom halves of false beam together with 16d
nails 16" o.c. (max.).
3. Attach gypsum close -off panel (provided) with staples 6"
o.c. around perimeter.
4. Secure decorative foam block to false beam with 2-16d
nails or 2-#8x3" screws.
5. Attach electrical box (U.L. listed for use with paddle fan)
per its listing (installation) requirements (provided).
6. Strip about 3/4" of insulation from the white and black
conductor ends.
7. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructions for
mounting the fan assembly to the box and for electrical
wiring of the fan. Use provided electrical connectors for
splicing wires. Be certain that fan is grounded as speci-
fied in manufacturer's instructions and that wires are
connected properly (white to white and black to black).
Ridge Beam
False Beam
�
Electrical wire -
-74---
Toe -nail bottom halvesI�
factory installed
of false beam together
I for paddle pan.
w/16d nails 15' o.c.
,®
Gypsum close -off
Decorative foam block.
panel - fasten to false
r Fasten to beam w/2 -16d
beam w/staples 6" o.c.
® nails or 248)0 screws.
around perimeter.
T
O
Electrical box - U.L. listed for
use with paddle fan. Secure
to false beam per it's
installation requirements.
43
FIG. 6-2A
INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued)
AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
(Factory Provided Circuits)
THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SHOULD BE MADE
ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. THE COMPLETED
INSTALLATION MUST CONFORM TO ARTICLE 440 OF THE
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND APPLICABLE LOCAL
CODES.
Factory installed branch circuits for air conditioning are in-
dicated on the data plate under the heading "Rating of Factory
Installed Circuit :"The maximum full load ampere draw for the
desired air conditioning unit must not exceed the indicated
branch circuit rating. "A" coil air conditioning units installed must
be listed for use with the fumace in this home; for air condi-
tioning installation, see the instructions shipped with the air
conditioner. If a self-contained air conditioner is to be installed
and connected to the heating supply duct the installation must
include a damper beneath the furnace to prevent cool air from
"backing -up" into the fumace during the cooling mode and a
damper at the air conditioner supply to prevent heated air from
"backing -up" into the air conditioner during the heating mode.
It is recommended to wrap the dampers with insulation.
The electrical connection is via a branch circuit terminating
in a junction box beneath the home (See Fig. 6-3). The field
installation wiring beyond the junction box, must incorporate a
fused disconnect (sized in accordance with NEC Article 440)
located within sight of the condensing unit. The maximum fuse
size to be used with the fused disconnect is marked on the
condenser data plate. The acceptability of the air conditioning
equipment, rating the location of disconnect means, fuse type
branch circuit protection, and connections to the equipment
are to be determined by the local inspection authority.
For some models the electrical connection is made to the
home via a separate rigid conduit. The conduit is 1" and is run
from the panelboard and terminates below the bottom board.
A PVC cap is cemented to the end of the conduit and this
must be cut off to provide access to the panel board. Wiring is
then installed from the panelboard to the air conditioner per all
applicable NEC & local codes and all requirements listed
above.
Condensation should not be allowed to drain under home.
NOTE: REFER TO N.E.C. AND' AIR COND.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
DISTRIBUTION
PANELBOARD
NOTE: THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SHOULD BE
MADE ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.
On models equipped for installation of optional
evaporative cooler, install the roof -mounted cooler ac-
cording to the instructions with the cooler. For coolers
without an integral air duct the cooler box shall be lin-
ed with .016 in. metal. The factory installed branch cir-
cuit for the cooler is sized for a maximum cooler elec-
trical load of 12 amperes. 120 V. AC, 60 Hz.
2. Remove the cover from the roof -mounted junction box
and make the connection of the color -coded wires us-
ing the provided wire nuts. The electrical portion of the
installation is now complete (See Fig. 6-4).
COLOR CODE
WHITE ................................. Neutral
YELLOW ................................. Pump
44
BLACK ................................ High Fan
RED.................................. Low Fan
GREEN ................................ Ground
EVAPORATIVE COOLER
LOCATED ON
ROOF OF HOME
WEATHERPROOF
BOX
' ROOF
JACK
ROOF FIG. 6-4
FIELD PROVIDED
& INSTALLED
JUNCTION BOX
FUSED DISCONNECT
BENEATH HOME
REMOTE
CONDENSING
UNIT
CONDUIT
UI �uI =III =III=III =i.1
=III=nl=_UI
FIG. 6-3
NOTE: THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SHOULD BE
MADE ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.
On models equipped for installation of optional
evaporative cooler, install the roof -mounted cooler ac-
cording to the instructions with the cooler. For coolers
without an integral air duct the cooler box shall be lin-
ed with .016 in. metal. The factory installed branch cir-
cuit for the cooler is sized for a maximum cooler elec-
trical load of 12 amperes. 120 V. AC, 60 Hz.
2. Remove the cover from the roof -mounted junction box
and make the connection of the color -coded wires us-
ing the provided wire nuts. The electrical portion of the
installation is now complete (See Fig. 6-4).
COLOR CODE
WHITE ................................. Neutral
YELLOW ................................. Pump
44
BLACK ................................ High Fan
RED.................................. Low Fan
GREEN ................................ Ground
EVAPORATIVE COOLER
LOCATED ON
ROOF OF HOME
WEATHERPROOF
BOX
' ROOF
JACK
ROOF FIG. 6-4
INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued)
STANDARD BLEND -AIR INSTALLATION WITH DEALER
INSTALLED EXTERIOR HEATING/COOLING
Figure 6-5 below depicts the Evcon Standard Blend -Air
installation used with homes designed for dealer installed
exterior heating -cooling systems. The Evcon Standard Blend -
Air unit provides whole -house ventilation and is designed to
operate when the exterior heating or cooling system is in use.
The following information is important when electrically
interconnecting the Standard Blend -Air with the exterior
heating -cooling unit system:
1. The Standard Blend -Air must be connected to a heating -
Chase fully enclo:
Standard Blend -Air
Access panel remc
exposing damper tt
assembly.
Grille with filter (Ac
to Blend Air filter)
4 -Wire thermostat
to outdoor unit. Se
manufacturer instn
for wiring to exteric
cooling unit. -
cooling unit with transformer having at least a 40 Va.
Capacity.
The wiring of 4 -wire thermostat cable from the Blend -Air
control to the exterior heating -cooling controls is to be as
follows:
- Green connector - blower continuous run
- Red connector - 24 v. supply
- White connector - system heating
- Yellow connector - system cooling
Return Air
FIG. 6-5
45
Factory installed 4 -wire thermostat
cable to indoor thermostat.
-tight (except @ air
L grille with filter).
Note: The Unit must be operated from one
transformer having at least 40 Va. Capacity.
control box
ived,
ibe
cess
Box air
return
cable
�e
ictions
r heat -
Return Air
FIG. 6-5
45
Factory installed 4 -wire thermostat
cable to indoor thermostat.
-tight (except @ air
L grille with filter).
Note: The Unit must be operated from one
transformer having at least 40 Va. Capacity.
INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued)
EXPANDING ROOMS, SLIDE -OUTS, ETC.
Where optional expanding rooms, slide -outs, tip -outs, provided for proper installation and set-up.
etc. are provided, specific instructions and directions are
INSTALLATION OF SITE INSTALLED ATTACHED STRUCTURES
All site installed attached structures, including garages, facturer's installation instructions and all applicable local
porches, steps, stairways and landing must be designed codes. In particular, attached garages generally require fire
and constructed to support all of their own dead load and all protection and GFCI electrical circuit protection as required
of the live load to which it will be subjected. Attached struc- by local code.
tures should be constructed in accordance with the manu-
INSTALLATION OF SITE
ON GARAGE
The outside area of the home that is covered with gypsum
is intended to be the area for installation of a site built garage.
The garage that is to be built MUST BE COMPLETELY
SELF SUPPORTING (See paragraph above). No part of the
manufactured home may be used for structural support of
the garage. The garage shall be designed and constructed to
meet all applicable building codes.
Before starting construction of the garage:
1. The soil must be graded on all sides to channel storm
runoff away from the home and the garage.
2. Remove the temporary transportation cover. Note that
early removal of this cover may cause damage to the
gypsum board if left exposed to the elements.
Two electrical circuits have been factory provided to service
the garage. One circuit will be 15 amp, and one will be 20
BUILT ATTACHED GARAGE
READY UNITS
amp. The 20 amp circuit will be GFCI protected and is
dedicated to the garage area. The 15 amp circuit is for light-
ing ONLY. The electrical circuits will be wired to junction
box(es) that are installed inside the floor and adjacent to the
exterior wall at the garage area. A 20 amp GFCI protected
receptacle has been installed in the exterior wall at the
garage area.
If the home has a factory built dormer intended for
attachment of a site built garage, then 8 to 24 inches of
shingles will be left off the edge of the dormer. These
shingles are left off to more easily facilitate the intercon-
nection of the garage and the home. Therefore, the
remaining shingles for the dormer must be field installed.
Install the remaining shingles and complete the valley
construction per page 35 and the shingle manufacturer's
instructions or per the Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers
Association (ARMA) Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual.
HINGED ROOFS AND EAVES
Where optional hinged roof and/or hinged or pre- mental installation instructions are provided.
fabricated field installed eaves are provided, supple -
CEILING (PADDLE) FANS
Site provided and installed ceiling fans are to be installed from the trailing edge of the fan blade to the floor must be
in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc- in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements.
tions. To reduce the risk of injury, the minimum dimension
TELEPHONE AND CABLE TV
Careless installation of telephone and cable television placing cables in these cavities. FAILURE TO FOLLOW
lines may be hazardous. Electrical circuits, plumbing and THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS
duct work are contained in the floor and walls of the home. PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Avoid contact with these systems when drilling into and
FIREPLACE INSTALLATION
Because of transportation restrictions, fireplaces require The fireplace manufacturer's installation instructions and
on-site installation of additional section(s) of approved, listed all required components for proper installation are included
chimney pipe, a spark arrestor and a rain cap assembly. in each home with a fireplace.
SITE INSTALLED FIREPLACE HEARTH EXTENSION
The home will be shipped with fireplace installed. The
blocking between the bottom of the fireplace and the floor
shall be removed. The carpet where the hearth is going to
be placed shall be removed. A bead of non-combustible
fireplace mortar or gasket cement shall be run to seal
the joint between hearth extension and face of the fire-
place. The edge of the hearth extension shall be placed
under the fireplace surround and centered in front of the
fireplace. The carpet tackstrip shall then be placed around
the hearth to secure it. (See Fig. 6-6).
46
INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued)
FIELD INSTALLED TERMINATION OF FIREPLACE CHIMNEY.
Termination cap -
field installed.
Flashing -
installed.
Top sectio
pipe - field
Factory installed
Factory insti
10 feet or less
Ridge Beam
(typical).
Upper and side shingles
Flue pipe—
ipe overlap flange and are set
in asphalt cement.
Lower part of flange
overlaps lower shingles.
SHINGLE INSTALLATION AROUND FLUE PIPE
1) Install shingles up to edge of factory cut-out in roof decking. Cut shingles installed under roof flashing are set in asphalt cement.
2) Place flashing over pipe section and shingle and set in asphalt cement. Tack flashing to roof deck at top 2 comers with roofing nails.
3) Resume shingle application. Cut shingles in successive courses to fit around the pipe and embed them in asphalt cement where they
overlap the flashing. Secure shingles with roofing nails through flashing and apply asphalt cement over nail heads.
4) The completed installation should appear as shown above, with the lower part of the flange overlapping the lower shingles and the
side and upper shingle overlapping the flange.
NOTES:
1) The upper portion of the fireplace chimney assembly has been left
off due to transportation height restrictions.
2) The final section of flue pipe, roof flashing, storm collar and
termination cap for the fireplace are required to be field installed.
3) Remove temporary close -off material from roof and top of flue pipe
that has been factory installed.
4) Install parts listed in 2 above per the fireplace manufacturer's
installation instructions.
5) Install roof shingles around chimney pipe per instructions above or
. per ARMA residential asphalt roofing manual instructions.
6) All required parts for completion of chimney have been shipped with
the home, including the manufacturer's installation instructions.
7) Applicable only to Coleman Deluxe II model, 36ECUE solid fuel
burning fireplace.
8) All other aspects of the setup of the home are to be in accordance
with this manual.
47
WARNING
This appliance has been shipped
with the flue assembly partially
disassembled: The flue assembly
must be completed in accordance
with the installation instructions
prior to use of this appliance.
The label above has been placed on the fireplace
in your home if the chimney assembly is required
to be field completed.
CHAPTER 7 UTILITY SYSTEM CONNECTION
AND TESTING
Many local jurisdictions have special requirements for
utility connections and on-site inspection of these connec-
tions. Consult with the proper authorities prior to utility con-
nection. Use only qualified service personnel, familiar with
local codes and licensed where required.
The drainage and water systems were tested for leaks
prior to shipment from the factory. It is essential that they
be rechecked by qualified personnel for leaks that may have
been caused by vibration during transportation.
WATER
The water system has been designed for an inlet water
pressure of 80 psi. If the manufactured home is installed
in areas where the water pressure exceeds 80 psi, a
pressure reducing valve should be installed. The water
system may be connected to any safe, potable water source.
The connection is via a single 3/4 inch inlet beneath the
home. A master shut-off full flow valve must be installed in
the water supply line adjacent to the home; this valve should
be a full port gate or ball valve with threaded or solder joints.
After removing the aerators from all the faucets, open all
the faucet valves and allow the water to run for 15 minutes.
This should remove any foreign particles left in the line that
might cause an unpleasant taste or become lodged at
faucet washers and cause dripping faucets. All exposed
water piping subject to freezing should be protected by in-
sulation and electric heat tapes (with an integral thermostat)
listed for use with manufactured homes. It is recommend-
ed that only UL listed heat tapes be used and installed in
accordance with their installation instructions.
DRAINAGE — CONNECTION
The drainage connection is made at the 3 -inch main
drain outlet. Care should be exercised to slope and sup-
port the drain line from the home to the site sewage system
('/o" per foot slope).
DANGER: IMPROPER OR INADEQUATE TESTING, CON-
NECTION OR MODIFICATION OF ANY PART OF GAS OR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY BY UNQUALIFIED
PERSONNEL, MAY BE EXTREMELY DANGEROUS AND
MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR
DEATH.
48
DRAINAGE —1, 1'/2, 13/4 & 2 BATH
When applicable the parts required to bring all drain
lines to a single point are provided as follows:
1. Pipe and fittings.
2. 1/4 pint of ABS solvent cement.
3. 10 feet of 3/4" x 28 gauge plumbing strap.
4. Ten 1/4" x 1" stove bolts.
The procedure for bringing all drain lines to a single
point is as follows:
1. Remove caps on drain outlets and connect supplied
parts together as shown by the drain line schematic
shipped with the house. (Do not apply cement.)
2. Check to be sure that the assembly has the proper 1/4
inch drop per foot.
3. Mark each joint to aid in reassembly. Start at outlet end
of system and remove, cement and reassemble each
slip joint one at a time. Be sure to apply the cement
on both male and female ends with a good even
coating.
4. Using the 3/4" x 28 gauge strapping, strap the drain line
to the center crossmembers of the frame placing a strap
at each member (4 feet apart). Use a 1/4" x 1" stove
bolt to secure strap in place.
5. Connect home drain to site sewage system as for single
bath previously discussed.
6. Check completed system for leaks.
GAS — The gas piping system was designed for a range
of 7 to 101/2" of water column for natural gas and 11 to 14"
of water column for LP gas. The manufactured home gas
supply pressure must be within this range for safe and effi-
cient operation of the gas piping system.
UTILITY SYSTEM CONNECTION AND TESTING (Continued)
The gas piping system was pressure tested for leaks 3. Check the gauge after 10 minutes; there should be no
prior to shipment; however, it is essential that the system drop in pressure.
be retested by qualified personnel for leaks prior to use. 4. Check the piping to appliances by pressurizing to at
(Many utility companies require this on-site test.) The in- least 10 inches but no more than 14 inches water col-
structions printed on the tag near the gas supply connec- umn and applying a bubble solution to all joints and
tion must be followed (See Fig. 7-1). flexible connectors.
In some localities, utility companies and/or building in-
spectors may require additional tests as follows:
1. Isolate all appliances with appliance shut-off valves.
PRESSURE SHALL BE MEASURED WITH A MER-
CURY MANOMETER OR SLOPE GAUGE CALI-
BRATED IN INCREMENTS OF NOT GREATER THAN
1/10 POUND.
2. Pressurize the system to 3 psi and isolate the source of
pressure from the gas piping.
CAUTION: DO NOT PRESSURIZE THE SYSTEM ABOVE
THE PRESSURES STATED ABOVE.
The connection to the gas supply should be made only
by authorized representatives of the utility.
NOTE: BEFORE A TEST IS BEGUN, THE TEMPERATURE
OF THE AMBIENT AIR AND OF THE PIPING SHOULD
BE APPROXIMATELY THE SAME — CONDUCT THE
TEST AT SUCH A TIME DURING THE DAY WHEN AIR
TEMPERATURES WILL REMAIN CONSTANT.
Combination LP—Gas and Natural Gas System
This gas piping system is designed for use of either liquefied petroleum gas or
natural gas.
NOTICE: BEFORE TURNING ON GAS BE CERTAIN APPLIANCES
ARE DESIGNED FOR THE GAS CONNECTED AND ARE EQUIPPED
WITH CORRECT ORIFICES. SECURELY CAP THIS INLET WHEN NOT
CONNECTED FOR USE.
When connecting to lot outlet, use a listed gas supply connector for manufactured
homes rated at 0 100,000 Btuh or more.
❑ 250,000 Btuh
Before turning on gas, make certain all gas connections have been made tight,
all appliance valves are turned off, and any unconnected outlets are capped.
After turning on gas, test gas piping and connections to appliances for leakage
with soapy water or bubble solution, and light all pilots.
Fig. 7-1
NOTE: DO NOT BUBBLE CHECK BRASS GAS LINE FITTINGS WITH SOLUTIONS CONTAINING AMMONIA.
49
UTILITY SYSTEM CONNECTION AND TESTING (Continued)
ELECTRICAL
ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED
ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. The electrical supply
connection to the manufactured home may be made by any
of the following methods depending on the manufactured
home construction and electrical service:
a. Listed 50 ampere manufactured home power supply
cord. (50 amp service only)
b. Permanent feeder connected to a factory installed mast
weatherhead assembly. The routing, connection and
support of the service drop is to be in accordance with
local codes.
c. Permanent feeder routed to the distribution panel
through the factory installed feeder raceway which ter-
minates beneath the manufactured home. A junction
box or approved fitting must be used to connect the
manufactured home feeder raceway to the supply
raceway beneath the manufactured home. The proper
feeder conductor sizes and the required junction box
sizes are given in Table 7.
After the connection has been made, the following tests
should be conducted using approved test equipment:
1. Continuity test of circuit conductors
2. Polarity test
3. Continuity test of electrical grounding system
OUTSIDE DISTRIBUTION PANEL BOARD
Accessibility to distribution panel board, and the use of
unit switches as disconnect means, is subject to the re-
quirements of the local inspection authority.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TEST
With approved testing equipment, the following tests
should be performed before connecting to the power
source:
• Continuity Test of Circuit Conductors
A continuity test with all branch circuit breakers and
switches controlling individual outlets in the "on" posi-
tion should be conducted. There should be no evidence
of connection between any of the supply conductors (in-
cluding neutral) and the grounding circuit.
• Continuity Test of Electrical Grounding System
All noncurrent carrying metal parts of the electrical
system including fixtures, appliances and the chassis
of the home should be tested for continuity with the
grounding circuit.
The following test should be conducted after connec-
ting and energizing the electrical system.
• Polarity and Grounding Tests of 15 and 20 AMP Recep-
tacle Outlets
With circuits and lighting circuits energized, use a
receptacle polarity tester to check polarity and ground-
ing of each receptacle outlet.
MANUFACTURED HOME ELECTRICAL SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS
TABLE 7
MAXIMUM LOAD
& MAIN BREAKER
SIZE (AMP)
CONDUCTOR
SIZE1 (AWG)
(TWO LINE
AND ONE
NEUTRAL)
GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR
SIZE (AWG)
FACTORY INSTALLED
FEEDER RACEWAY1
TRADE SIZE IN.)
MINIMUM
JUNCTION BOX
SIZE
50
#6
#10
1"
6"x6"x6"
100
#3
#8
1-1/4"
8"x8"x4"
125
#2
#6
1-1/2"
10"x10"x4"
150
2-1/0 & 142
#6
1-1/2"
10"x10"x4"
200
2-3/0 & 1-1/0
#6
2"
12"x12"x4"
225
2-3/0 & 1-1/0
#4
2-1/2"
15"x12"x4"
E1
t. Conductor size and feeder raceway sized for copper, 75 degree C rated conductors, types RH, RHH, RHW without outer covering, THW or XHHW.
WARNING
CARELESS INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE AND
CABLE TELEVISION LINES MAY BE HAZARDOUS. The
manufactured home walls contain electrical circuits and the
floor section may contain electrical circuits, plumbing or
duct work. Extreme care must be exercised during drilling
50
through and placing of communication cables within these
cavities, to avoid contact with these home systems. Such
work should be performed only by qualified personnel.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY
RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
UTILITY SYSTEM CONNECTION AND TESTING (Continued)
Multisection Frame Bonding
B HALF
Ground damp with screw
Ground wire should be
the some used on panel box
Typical Under Chassis
Feed Connections
a. Flex conduit
b. Feeder conductors
c. Junction box
d. Raceway
a. Conduit connector
f. Approved electrical
connectors
g. Insulated bushing
e CONDUCTORS
a - Black Tor
a R - Red Tor
W - White'neutn
G - Green 'grour
b
Typical Meter Base Installations and Grounding
ONIl.S6
eO/OaR' CONourr OR
waLE CARL[ RRVICE
GROUWDNG LUG
ON 04ASSIS
TO GFKXRC G GROIaOaai ELECTRODE
ELECITAM
51
Front or rear crossmembers
or any set of outriggers on
opposite halves
A HALF
b
a
nwl �
RL„AIN
NEL 9NEM
4U –4 -,� � RIMEL.ARE
H—
ELECTRODE
SERVICE - DROP !M24
tA.ND
UNDERGROUND ENTRANCE
CLEARANCES AND A
SWILL 6E PER NEC
M26.
FWIEL
MITE11 �'� SMV
CE
BASE
EAD
STRAP
CONDUIT
ELECTRODE
ENTRANCE WOW ROOF UNE
UTILITY SYSTEM CONNECTION AND TESTING (Continued)
METER BASE AND PANELBOARD WIRING WITH MASTHEAD
ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED
ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.
For homes with a factory installed meter base and mast-
head, the correct procedure for wiring is as follows:
1. The outdoor (weatherproof) meter socket and service
entrance panel may be mounted at any location on the
exterior walls of the home with a fixed roof overhang.
2. Bond the service entrance conduit to the service entrance
panel with an insulated bonding & grounding bushing.
Use #6 (AWG) copper between ground lug on the bush-
ing & terminal on the panel. Use #4 (AWG) copper
between ground lug on the bushing & terminal on the
panel with 200 and 225 amp service. Where threaded
coupling and threaded bosses on enclosures with joints
exist, they shall be made up wrench -tight in lieu of
grounding bushing and strap.
3. A label is attached outside the home and near the
service entrance conduit termination which reads: "This
connection for 120/240 volt, 3 Pole, 3 Wire, 60 Hertz
Ampere Service:' The correct ampere rating is
marked in the blank space.
4. A red label is attached adjacent to the service entrance
breaker, which states: "WARNING — Do not provide
electrical power until grounding electrode is instal-
led and connected (see installation instructions):'
5. The grounding conductor shall be connected to the
grounding fitting with suitable lugs, pressure connectors,
and clamps. Connections depending on solder shall not be
used. Rod and pipe electrodes shall not be less than 8
feet (2.44m) in length and shall consist of the following
materials, and shall be installed in the following manner:
(1) Electrodes of pipe or conduit shall not be smaller
than 3/4 inch trade steel and, where of iron or steel,
shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise
metal -coated for corrosion protection.
(2) Electrodes of rods of steel or iron shall be at least
5/8 inch (15.87mm) in diameter. Nonferrous rods or
their equivalent shall be listed and shall not be less
than 1/2 inch (12.7mm) in diameter.
(3) The electrode shall be installed such that at least 8
feet (2.44m) of length is in contact with the soil. It
shall be driven to a depth of not less than 8 feet
(2.44m) except that where rock bottom is encoun-
tered, the electrode shall be driven at an oblique
angle not to exceed 45 degrees from the vertical or
shall be buried in a trench that is at least 2-1/2 feet
(762mm) deep. The upper end of the electrode shall
be flush with or below ground level.
Other methods of grounding electrode shall be in accor-
dance with National Electric Code Article 250, Part H.
6. Equipment grounding connectors shall be bare, covered,
or insulated. Covers or insulation shall be continuous
and green, or green with one or more yellow stripes.
7. Approved fittings to be site installed on end of service
entrance conduit to protect cables from abrasion.
8. Connect feeder conduit to conduit stub at distribution
panelboard.
9. See Fig. 7-2 below.
Site Installed Masthead
The masthead may be shipped loose for field installation
due to transportation height. The correct procedure for in-
stalling mast head is as follows:
1. Remove the temporary transportation cover from the
meter base.
2. Remove the 3" lag screws and the straps from the 2x4
blocks between the wall studs.
3. Install the mast head and the feeder conductors as
shown in Fig. 7-2 below.
4. Reinstall the 3" lag screws and the straps over the
conduit.
5. Note that all the conductors are to extend 18"(min.)
from the weather head. The mast head shall extend at
least 30" (min.) above the roof line.
52
civ— omance l V"VUI[ (Migio) Clamp -on weather head —0
1-1/4" min. at 100 amp
1-1/2" min. at 125 amp
RED
BLACK
1-1/2" min. at 150 amp
2" min. at 200 amp Roof flashing
WHITE
2-1/2" min at 225 amp
(neutral)
114" x 3"
lag screws
U.L. listed outdoor (Type 3R)
meter socket and service
E
2 hole galvanized
equipment panel. Pictoral
o
pipe strap
only, actual equipment may
c
with each manufacturer.
Service Entrance
Field install 4 wire feeder to distribution panelboard. Use copper 75
b
Breaker
degree C rated conductors (types RH, RHH, RHW, w/o covering THW or
i, E
XHHW).
if
At 100 amp service - 3-93 (AWG) w/#8 (AWG) ground
r
At 125 amp service - 342 (AWG) w/96 (AWG) ground
i
Run feeder in Rigid or
At 150 amp service - 2-1/0 (AWG), 142 (AWG) w/#6 (AWG) ground
Threaded Hub
EMT conduit.
At 200 amp service - 2-3/0 (AWG), 1 -1 /0 (AWG) w/#6 (AWG) ground
1-1/4" min. at 100 amp
At 225 amp service - 2-3l0 (AWG), 1-1l0 (AWG) wl06 (AWG) ground
1-1/2" min. at 125 am P
Service grounding electrode conductor, #6 (AWG) bare
Conduit, rigid or
1.1/2" min. at 150 amp
copper. Coil 6' below floor to grounding electrode. (Use
EMT. To be field
2" min. at 200 am P
2-1/2" min at 225 amp �i
#4 AWG with 200 or 225 amp service.)
FIG. 7-2
installed
52
CHAPTER 8 PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS
If your home is destined to be set in Wind Zones II or III, then it has been designed to install protective window and door
coverings, in the event of a windstorm. Two different types of protective coverings are available. Your home may have either, or
both of these types.
The first type of protective window covering is to attach plywood to a 2 x 4 member that has been installed around window
and door openings. The plywood is attached to the 2 x 4 members with #8 wood screws. The type of plywood, screw length,
and screw spacing will vary with the window or door size. See Table 8 for these requirements. Note that the window sizes listed
in Table 8 are the small dimension of the window or door (See Figure 8-1).
Large openings (such as sliding glass doors) are required to be covered with a plywood and lumber frame assembly. See
Table 8 to determine when this is required, and Figure 8-2 for frame construction.
Window
2.4 Receiver
2x2 any
grade SPF
i____—_—_—________
\ 3/8" Plywood. APA Rated Exterior
Sheathing with 20/0 span rating.
Mndow
iize. See
fable 8.
1lrrrr,
CERT
409703 =
�'. STATE OF
'. Ff /N01 ANk VNO :
0 N A l
leceiver
i_ _ _ — _ _ _ __ — — __ __ — _
I �
•I
I ,
6" o.c.
6•• o.t.
•� _ Plywood /
face grain i
Fasten Plywood to 2x fremi ng p2 SPF 2x4s, laid
members w/full PVA white glue flat, ".. o.c.
end 6d nails or #8x2" screws
6" o.c. all around.
Fig. 8-2
53
Fasten 2x2s to 2x4s with 2-1d
nails et each connection.
/ Plywood seam over 2x4.
#8x3-1/2" woodscrews, 6"o.c.
into 2x4 receiver.
PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS (Continued)
PLYWOOD TYPE REQUIREMENTS
Table 8 WIND ZONE II 1 WIND ZONE III
MAXIMUM.
WINDOW
SIZE
STANDARD
WALL AREA
WALL AREA
WITHIN 3'
OF CORNER
STANDARD
WALL AREA
WALL AREA
WITHIN 3'
OF CORNER
WOOD
SCREW
SPACING
14.5"
1
1
1
1
16" O.C.
24.5"
2
3
3
4
16" O.C.
30.5"
4
5
5
7
16" O.C.
36.5"
6
7
6
8
12" O.C.
40"
7
8
8
9
12" O.C.
46.5"
8
10
10
10
10" O.C.
72"
10
1 10
10
10
6" O.C.
All plywood for protective window coverings is APA rated exterior sheathing. Thickness and span ratings will vary with win-
dow or door size. Plywood listed below, with a higher number than is required by Table 8, may be substituted for a lower num-
bered plywood.
1. 3/8" with 20/0 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8 x 2" wood screws.
2. 1/2" with 24/0 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8 x 2" wood screws.
3. 3/8" with 24/0 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8 x 2" wood screws.
4. 1/2" with 32/16 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8 x 2" wood screws.
5. 5/8" with 32/16 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8 x 2-1/4" wood screws.
6. 3/4" with 40/20 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8 x 2-1/4" wood screws.
7. 5/8" with 40/20 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8 x 2-1/4" wood screws.
8. 7/8" with 48/24 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8 x 2-1/2" wood screws.
9. 3/4" with 48/24 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8 x 2-1/4" wood screws.
10. Plywood with wood frame required.
3'
3'
FIG. 8-3
CERT
#09703 =
'. STATE OF
Ff'�NDIANP. q'N
sjO N..........A \\\�'
�A, gyp, Q
In the event of a windstorm, the corners of this home will sustain higher wind pressure than the rest of the home. Therefore,
it is required that windows and doors located within 3 feet of any corner be designed to withstand these higher pressures. Figure
8-3 shows the typical locations of the corners. Table 8 has separate columns indicating the plywood requirements for standard
wall area and wall area that is within 3 feet of a corner.
After the windstorm is over and the plywood has been removed, all holes made by the screws in the 2 x 4s should be filled
with a weather -resistant caulk.
54
PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS (Continued)
The second type of protective covering is to attach 3/4" plywood directly to the window frame. The plywood is attached to
the window frame with #8 screws around the windows frame (top, bottom and sides). The specific instructions for each window
manufacturer are shown below and on the next page.
DANGER: STORM SHUTTERS CANNOT WITHSTAND SEVERE STORMS. TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,
CONTACT LOCAL EMERGENCY SERVICES NOW TO IDENTIFY EMERGENCY SHELTER IN THE EVENT OF SEVERE
WEATHER.
This direct fastening application was designed and tested for use on Philips Products series #22, 23 and 24 lap windows.
Do not use on any other products.
DUE TO THE LIMITED TIME BETWEEN WHEN A STORM INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING SHUTTERS ONTO
WARNING IS ISSUED AND WHEN THE STORM COULD A PHILIPS PRODUCTS LAP MOUNTED ALUMINUM
HIT AT YOUR LOCATION, WE RECOMMEND YOU DO WINDOW
THE FOLLOWING BEFORE A STORM WARNING IS 1. For each window size, measure the width and height of
ISSUED:
1. Purchase #8 x 1" sheet metal screws (enough for all the
windows).
2. Buy shutters and get them cut to size, and marked. The
shutters must be 3/4" thick plywood.
3. Store shutters and screws together in a dry place where
they will be accessible.
SCREW LOCATION DETAIL
3/S' (top & old
t maximum
3/11r (bottom on
SCREW LOCATION DETAIL
VERTICAL CROSS SECTION OF SHUTTER
ATTACHED TO FRAME HEAD AND SILL
IIIPORrAHr:
DUE TO THE SHORTNESS OF C
THE EXTi;BtOR FLANGE ON THE
FRAME SILL, THIS DY0=N E
YUSr BE IWNTAIMM p
3/1b' (bottom any)
the exterior flange of the window. (These become the
shutter dimensions.)
2. Determine how many shutters of this size are needed
and get them cut to the proper dimensions.
3. Mark each shutter as to where on the home it goes, as
well as marking which end goes up.
4. Mark the screw locations on the shutter (as shown
below).
5. With the help of an assistant, lift the shutter up to the
window and center it on the window.
6. Position the shutter so that the bottom edge of the ply-
wood is even with the bottom of the exterior flange of the
frame sill.
7. Fasten the shutter to the window with #8 x 1" sheet
metal screws. Make certain the shutter does not shift out
of position.
HORIZONTAL CROSS SECTION OF ATYPICAL
ALUMINUM WINDOW INSTALLATION
WITH AN ATTACHED STORM SHUTTER
NANDD* FIWIE .LMB —\
VANDOW CMIOR FLANGE
IME HEAD
FRAME SILL
Fig. 8-4
55
3/4" shutter
EMRIOR
--� 3/Pl
pox Rem
RMM OPENMG STUD
INSTALtAMON FAVENER
7/16" HARDBOARD
\_ 7/tg TRIM
(at top and @1dfs)
PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS (Continued)
500 AIRPORT DR. MANSFIELD, TEXAS 76063 (817) 473-4421
INSTALLATION OF PROTECTIVE COVERING
AS REQUIRED BY H.U.D. FOR ZONE II AND III
The following pages illustrate the application of an exterior window protection in the event of storms (such as hurricanes) as
required by H.U.D.
Please Note: Installation of protective coverings (such as those listed below) will negate egress of the window.
Homes with protective coverings (such as those listed below) cannot be occupied while the
coverings are in place.
Parts Required: 1.3/4" plywood — enough for each window in the home.
2. #8 x 1" wood screws or longer (see below for quantity).
The installation steps apply to both the vertical and horizontal sides of windows. The size of the window will affect the num-
ber of fasteners needed.
For windows with a face measurement of 30" wide by 30" high (or any smaller size), install 3 fasteners, spaced eight (8) to
twelve (12) inches apart on the head and on the sill. Install four (4) fasteners, spaced eight (8) to twelve (12) inches apart on
both the left and right frame sides.
For windows larger than 30" x 30" with 46" x 60" being the maximum size, add one fastener to each side for each addi-
tional eight (8) to twelve (12) inches in width and height.
To determine the plywood size, (use 3/4" thick plywood) measure the width and height of the outside (exposed) return fin
(edge to edge).
Position plywood over the window. With plywood supported, drive one fastener through the plywood and window
return fin near center of the window sill. Repeat this procedure for the other required sill fasteners.
With covering attached at sill, continue driving fasteners around perimeter of the plywood
using the above spacing formula. ,�9'A
After the storm has passed, reverse the above procedure to remove the covering.
Store materials for future use.
7/76 TRIM HARDBOARD 7/16
Mil I T- Wood As Required By Design
APPR XA 1/2"
1_ F
As Per MFG. Standard
INTERIOR OF HOME
#8 X 1" Screw
a 12" O.C. U.X.
3/i PLY
wood
WINDOW
RETURN FIN
56
PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS (Continued)
500 AIRPORT DR. MANSFIELD,TEXAS 76063 (817) 473-4421
Installation of Protective Covering
as Required by H.U.D. for Zone II and III
The following pages illustrate the application of an exterior
window protection in the event of storms (such as hurricanes)
as required by HUD.
Please note: Installation of protective coverings (such as
those listed below) will negate egress ess of the
window. Homes with protective coverings
(such as those listed below) cannot be occu-
pied while the coverings are in place.
Parts required: 1. 3/4' plywood — enough for each window in
the home.
2. #8 x 11/4' OR 11/2' wood screws
(see below for quantity).
The installation steps apply to both the vertical and horizontal
sides of windows. The size of the window will affect the num-
ber of fasteners needed.
For windows with a face measurement of 30" wide x 30" high
(or any smaller size), install 3 fasteners, spaced eight (8) to
twelve (12) inches apart on the head and on the sill. Install four
(4) fasteners, spaced eight (8) to twelve (12) inches apart on
both the left and right frame sides.
For windows larger than 30" x 30" with 46" x 60" being the
maximum size, add one fastener to each side for each addi-
tional eight (8) to twelve (12) inches in width and height.
To determine the plywood size, (use 3/4" thick plywood) mea-
sure the width and height of the return fin (edge to edge).
Position plywood over the window. With plywood supported,
drive one fastener through the plywood and window nailing fin
near center of window sill. Repeat this procedure for the other
required sill fasteners. With covering attached at sill, continue
driving fasteners around perimeter of the plywood using the
above spacing formula.
After the storm has passed, reverse the above procedure to
remove the covering. Store materials for future use. Be sure to
fill all holes left by the removal of the screws with a suitable sil-
icone type sealant. Material should have a long life rating. This
will prevent water and air from entering the home.
57
Exterior Sheathing
�OL)
VINYL WINDOW FRAME
3/V PLYWOOD
# 8 X 1'/." SCREW
® 12" O.C. MAX
WINDOW
RETURN FIN
VINYL _/
SIDING
\-- AS PER MFG STANDARD
HOME INTERIOR
WOOD AS REOD. BY DESIGN
I
Exterior Sheathing
g -i7 -9Z
PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS (Continued)
Protective coverings may also be installed over doors and sliding glass doors in a different manner than described previously.
First, remove the mounting screws holding the door frame to the exterior wall. Then place the plywood (or wood frame) from
Table 8 over the door opening and fasten the plywood and door frame back into the wall studs through the same holes in the
door frame. Use #8 x 3" wood screws 12" o.c. for doors. Use #8 x 4" wood screws 6" o.c. for sliding glass doors. See Figure
8-6 for a typical application of this type of protective covering.
Door Size
gee Table 8
/
Plywood /
face I
grain 1
#8 x 3" Wood Screws
12" o.c. max. #8 x 4"
Wood Screws 6" o.c. for
a sliding glass door
Door Frame Wall Studs
i
CERT
#09703 =
STATE OF
�N
J'/ O N A L II I 100 \\•��'
0., l
Fig. 8-6
#8x1" Wood Screws
12" o.c. max. /8x4"
Wood Screws 8" o.c. for
a sliding glass door.
SECTION B -B
riyw000 rrom I aDie a
Due to the limited time between when a storm warning is issued and when the storm could hit at your location, Skyline
recommends that the items necessary for the protective coverings be purchased and prepared before a storm warning is
issued. Cut plywood to size and mark it relative to window/door location. Store plywood and fasteners together in a dry place
where it will be accessible. Once the protective coverings have been installed, the home should not be occupied.
58
CHAPTER 9
FINAL INSPECTION
Make a final inspection when home installation is complete to make sure that no items have been overlooked and that all
work was done properly. Place special emphasis on the following "checklist" items:
Water and Drain System. All water and drain systems work
properly and do not leak.
Appliance Function and Operation. All fixtures and appli-
ances have been tested and work properly.
Windows, Doors and Drawers. All windows, doors and draw-
ers work properly.
Egress Windows. One window in each bedroom is desig-
nated as a secondary exit to be used in case of emergency.
Each exit window is labeled as such with operating instruc-
tions. All shipping hardware should be removed, and the
window should operate as explained in the window manu-
facturer's instructions.
Exterior Siding and Trim. There are no gaps, voids, or miss-
ing fasteners, and all seams are sealed.
Stack Heads and Vent Pipe Flashings on Roof. All stack
head or vent pipe flashings are properly attached and
sealed.
Composition Roof. All shingles are properly attached, none
are loose or missing, and all holes are filled.
Skirting Ventilation. The skirting around the home has
non -closing vents, located at or near each corner as high as
possible to cross -ventilate the entire space under the home.
The free area of these vents must be equal to at least one -
square foot for every 150 square feet of floor area of the
home. The vent size must be increased to allow for insect
screens, slats, louvers, etc., used over the open vent area.
Low -Hanging Trees and Bushes. If there are any low -hang-
ing trees or bushes near the home, trim or cut them. Think
about the plants' possible movement during windy condi-
tions or when covered by snow or ice.
Exhaust Fan Operation and Air Flow. Check all exhaust
fans for proper operation and air flow.
Bottomboard. Carefully inspect the bottom covering of the
home for loosening or tears from installation of pipes or
wires. Seal openings around the floor perimeter, pipes or
pipe hangers and splits or tears with weather -resistant tape.
Anchors and Straps. Be sure the correct number of anchors
have been installed at the proper angle, and that all straps
have been tightened.
Interior Details. Inspect for, and correct, all interior finishing
details, such as loose molding, carpet seams, etc. The
retailers' representative should inspect the home with the
homeowner, give the homeowner a copy of the Home-
owner's Manual, and brief the homeowner about main-
taining the home.
INSTALLATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST
TO ENSURE PROPER HOME INSTALLATION AND HOMEOWNER SATISFACTION, THE FOLLOW-
ING ITEMS SHOULD BE CHECKED DURING OR PROMPTLY AFTER THE INSTALLATION AND
BEFORE THE HOMEOWNER TAKES POSSESSION:
INSTALLATION/PLACEMENT:
❑
Alignment/Close-Off DW
❑
Foundation
❑
Level
❑
Tie -Downs
UTILITY CONNECTIONS
❑
Fuel
❑
Sewage
❑
Water
❑
Cross -Over Duct
❑
Electric
EXTERIOR
❑
Doors
❑
Roof
❑
Windows
❑
Siding/Trim
INTERIOR
❑
Ceiling
❑
Paneling
❑
Trim
❑
Floor Covering/Drapes
❑
Electrical Systems/Fixtures
❑
Doors
❑
Cabinets
❑
Plumbing
❑
Furniture
❑
Appliances
❑
Keys
❑
All Manuals
❑
All Warranties
59
SKVLmims 0
Corporate Office — P.O. Box 743 — Elkhart, Indiana 46515
DCP 10/00
COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION
7 County Center Drive - Oroville, Cfalif6rnid 95965 - Telephone (916) 538-7541 _ MIT NO.
APPLICATION AND PERMIT 7-T
ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER 41-36-0-043
ZONING U
BUILDING PERMIT
OWNER ROr1 &SUSAN TERRY
TEL1 1304
L�
SO. FT. OCC. BUILDING TION
OWNER'S MAILING ADDRESS PO BOX 5753 OROVILLE 95966
CONTRACTOR'S NAME UNKNOWN
TELEPHONE
CONTRACTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS
Fireplace
CONSTRUCTION LENDER
UNKNOWN
Total Valuation $
LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS
Filing Fee $ 20.00
Permit Fee $
ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER
LICENSE NO.
Plan Checking Fee $ 23 . 0
Energy Plan Checking Fee $
ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S MAILING ADDRESS
Penalty $
BUILDING ADDRESS 315 RED TAPE RD
PERMIT FEE $ 43.0
OROVILLE, CA
PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00
Each Trap 7.00
Solar or heat pump water heater 23.00
Water piping 15,00
LOT NO.
SUBDIVISION'S NAME
PARCEL MAP
Each gas water heater or vent 15.00
USE OF STRUCTURE
SFO Duplex O Mobilehome Gx Other
SPECIFY
Gas piping system 1 5 outlets 15.00
Building sewer 15.00
Mobile Home S G W @2.00
TYPE OF WORK
New ❑ Addition ❑ Remodel ❑ Utilities 1:1Installation IX Other ❑
Describe Work: 2 BDRM
PERMIT FEE 1 $
Contractor
ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00
C�
Main Service ( 0ORLESS
20010AOR LESS 23.00
2 )
Main Service ( 200A TO 1000ANEW ) 46.00 r
OR ADDNS.T ( DWELLING BACCBLDSUP 3.5C SO.
CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW
I declare under penalty of perjury (check one)
❑ 1 am a licensed under provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3 of the Business and
Professions Code and my license is in full force and effect.
License No. Classification
❑ I, as the owner, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do
the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. (Sec 7044)
A -I, as the owner, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors. (Sec 7044)
❑ I am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code
forthis reason
NEW CONST. MULTI -OUTLET
NON-neslo. ( BRANCH CIRCUITS ) @7.50
( POWER APPARATUS )
& SINGLE OUTLET CIH.
20
Ex. Occup. ( OUTLET OR FIXTURES ) BAL. @ 1.50
FIXED APPWS. OR
Ex. Occu p' OUTLETS IRESID.1 EA. I 5.00
( O
Temporary Service 23.00
Mobile Home Facilities 20.00
Misc. Wiring 23.00
WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
1 declare under penalty of perjury (check one):
❑ This permit is for $100.00 (valuation) or less.
❑ 1 have placed on file with the County of Butte Dept. of Development Services,
Building Division a Certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance or a
Certificate of Consent to Self -insure.
01 shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Worker's
Compensation laws of California.
Notice to Applicant: If after making this statement, should you become subject to the
Worker's Compensation provisions of the Labor Code, you must forthwith comply with
such provisions or this permit will be revoked.
PERMIT FEE $
Contractor
MECHANICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00
Heating
Cooling
Hood 6.50
Ventilation
PERMIT FEE $
Contractor
I certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct.
I agree to comply to all Butte County Ordinances and California State Laws relating to
building construction, and hereby authorize representatives of the County of Butte to
enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes.
1 also agree to save, indemnify and keep harmless the County of Butte against all
liabilities, judgments, costs, and expenses which may in any way accrue against said
County in consequence of the granting of this permit.
X 49 (t� e � �A v-� Date 1 1Z�-
Signature oApf plic `Owner ❑ ontractor ❑ Agent
An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5"0" deep and demolition or
construction of structures over 3 stories in height.
Mobile Home Installation Fee $ 100.00
Energy Inspection Fee $
occ
CONsr. TrPE
TOTAL FEE $
144-00
HAZ.
?_
I D. F S
I IMP
I FLo
I CDF
—
PARCEL PD
_- —
HD
+
ISSu
This permit is hereby issued under the applicable provisions
of the Butte County Code and/or R solutions to do work
indica above for which hav been paid.
IRE OR C WORKS
By `Data'.Z�Ve,-r T3
PERMIT EXPIRES ON Z�' oe� qy'
(Date/
Receipt No. 15314039
WHITE-D.D.S.-B.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDEN RD D-APPLI CANTJ
MOBILEHOME INSTALLATION ACCEPTANCE
COUNV UTTE
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS — 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE
OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA 95965 — TELEPHONE: (916) 538-7541
PERMIT N'0.
Address or location of mobilehomey 1J �J(,J get
Owner's name
Owner's addre
Insignia or hud number
�--�--)y� 1�
Manufacturer's name f� 1{''eL/)o``
Serial number of V.I.N. Z, , Year of manufacture
n IF. THE MOBILEHOME IS MOVED OR RELOCATED, THE MOBILEHOME INSTALLATION
ACCEPTANCE SHALL BECOME INVALID. THIS FORM SHALL NOT BE USED WHEN THE
MOBILEHOME IS INSTALLED ON A FOUNDATION SYSTEM.
L;,..5138,;s..WHit:e:Owner,,Yellowy,'Installec.6P,nkr.D P
--��•�'-'•"�'r'u^'-'�,+1+`�a...E�rn�Y:�.rrv�,Jcj-:��;•r:-,:r+:.'�r^.r�/='S..n?tVr..�.�_v`•.. K ..-,.^'..:�' ..,;,N,.r.�.'�.-.-. ,.....-- , �,--•.-i...__...,f+.�,
COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT0-FIBVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION
7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE - OROVILL• E, CALIFORNIA 95965 -TELEPHONE (916) 538-7541
PERMIT APPLICATION DATA SHEET
OWNER SS Te (y V A. P. No.
Proposed Building Use Buildi g Inspector Date
At time of permit application, I'was advised the following data must be submitted prior to permit processing and/or issuance:
DATE RECENED BY
1. All items have been submitted........................................ .
2. Plot plans, 3/4 sets, signed by preparer of plans. ..........................
3_ Complete plans, 3/4 sets, signed by prepareraof plans. ......................
.4. Engineered plans and calcs, 3/4 sets, with wet signature on plans. .............
5. Hazardous Material Form.............................................. .
6. Energy Design Compliance and supporting documentation . ..................
. Statement of Intent for-Non-Heated and A/C Buildings. ......................
8. Engineered truss details and layout in duplicate (required prior to plan check). ....
9. Mobilehome data and manufacturer's installation instructions, 2 sets. ........... o-2S
fl Fees of $................................
11. Impact fees as shown on attached schedule...............................lc
12. California Department of Forestry plan approval/fees. ....................... .
13. Flood elevation letter (100 year flood) by California Engineer. ................. .
14. Sanitation and plot plan approval Health Department .
15. City of Chico plumbing permit..........................................
16. Plot plan and business license approval from City of Biggs/Gridley. .............
17. Planning approval for (A) Use: (B) Parking:
18. Contact Land Development about (A) Improvements (B) Drainage. ......... .
19. Driveway permit (construction approval required prior to occupancy). ...P�4;eon �q�-
est
20. Pre-inspection for required. . to Building Inspeaor (Date)
21. Contractor's license information. (No., Name Style, Classification). ..............
22. Certificate of Workmans Compensation Insurance. ..........................
23. Owner-Builder Verification (Given to owner , Mail to owner _)............
24 Resorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgement Statement. ..................
25. Letter of signature authorization..:...... '� y............................. .
.Copy of recorded deed of parcel_ creation and 6
Letter of intent on buildinga0 right of way to a public road. .... .
7. use. ....`..................................... .
28. Mobilehome utility clearance. ............................................
.......................
29. Documentation of legal access . ..................... 1 ..................
30. Documentation of 50% subdivision developed or (A) Road improvements completed
and (B) Parcel meets zoning area and frontage requirements. ...............
31. Existing violations/expired permits.......................................
32. -Plan check list . .................................................... .
33.
34.
When you issue the permit, process as follows: Mail to owner. Mail to contractor.
Telephone 'and hold for pickup at office. Deliver with inspector.
Other
Parcel Creation
Acreage Applicant Date
Copy of Haz-Mat form sent Health Dept. Fire Dept. Air Pollution Date
Copy of plans sent Health Dept. Fire Dept: Other Date By
The following data must be submitted prior to permit issuance: (Circle new item not checked above).
1. Index permit for above items No.
2. Additional items required:
Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of above required data by _ phone _ mail Counter b _ Date
Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of above required data by _ phone _ mail 0 CounAr _ Date
Plans checked by Date Plans approved by Date
Sets of plans on hold in File cabinet AP folder
Copy - Department of Public Works
COUNTY OF BUTTE — DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES — BUILDING DIVISION_
7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE, OROVILLE CA 95965 — TELEPHONE (916) 538-7541
OWNER
PROPOSED BUILDING USE
SCHOOL DISTRICT FEES
(paid at District Office).
2. SHERIFF FEES ........................
4.
mss.
(paid at Building Department)
Residential...... x =$
unit amt.
Commercial (sgft) x =$
sq.ft. amt.
URBAN AREA FEES
(paid at Building Department)
Residential (per unit) x =$
# units amt.
Commercial (per sq.ft) x =$
sq.ft. amt.
RECREATION DISTRICT FEES
(paid at District Office) .........................
DRAINAGE DISTRICT FEES
(Contact Land Development Division) ..............
SRA FIRE INSPECTION AND PLAN CHECK = $89.00......
(paid at Building Department)
7. OTHER
4�Y.Ip1;
A. P. #,�'2� Z11-
DATE [ 0/ /
REC. # DATE REC
gVoo6o 01p� 9�
C/o 0 �►�
At time of permit application, I was advised the above fees are required to be paid
prior to issuance of the permit.
ARP�I.CANT DATE
'COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION
7 County Center Drive - Oroville, California 95965 - Telephone (916) 538-7541
APPLICATION AND PERMIT
PERMIT NO.
ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER ,, _
ZONING -
BUILDING PERMIT
OWNE O- 1 A 7
7T514
T� o"
_4 -1130(7)SO.
F7. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION
OWNER'S AI,G DRE
CONTOKWFrStE
t///✓/
TELEPHONE
CONTRACTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS
Fireplace
CONSTRUCTION LENDER
UNKNOWN
Total Valuation $
Filing Fee $
20.00
LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS
Permit Fee $
ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER
LICENSE NO.
Plan Checking Fee $
�• i O
Energy Plan Checking Fee $
ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S MAILING ADDRESS
Penalty $
BUILDING ADDRESS ��
PERMIT FEE $
PLUMBING PERMIT Filing
Fee 20.00
Each Trap
7.00
Solar or heat pump water heater
23.00
Water piping
15.00
LOT NO.
SUBDIVISION'S NAME
PARCEL MAP
Each gas water heater or vent
15.00
USE OF STRUCTURE
SF O Duplex ❑ Mobilehome kOther
SPECIFY
Gas piping system 1 5 outlets
15.00
Building sewer
15.00
Mobile Home S G I W
@20.00
TYPE OF WORK
New ❑ Addition ❑ Remodel ❑ UtilitiesQ IInstallation Other ❑
Describe Work: OC 0/L 2�/�/st/ 1
PERMIT FEE $
Contractor
ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00
Main Service ( 6` oR LESS
2DOA OR LESS )
23.00
Main Service ( 200A TO IOGOA )
46.00
NEW CONST. DWELLING OCCUP.
OR ADDNS. ( & ACC. BLDS. )
SO
3.5C FT.
CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW
I declare under penalty of perjury (check one)
O I am a licensed under provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3 of the Business and
Professions Code and my license is in full force and effect.
License No. Classification
O I, as the owner, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do
the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. (Sec 7044)
O I, as the owner, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors. (Sec 7044)
❑ 1 am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code
forthis reason
-CONST. MULTI -OUTLET
NON NEW -R SLID. ( BRANCH CIRCUITS )
@7.50
I POWER APPARATUS )
1 a SINGLE OUTLET CIR.
Ex. Occup. ( OUTLET OR FIXTURES )
20 @' 00
RAL. .50
Ex. Occup. ( OUTLETS TIRE JD.S. OEA. )
5.00
Temporary Service
23.00
Mobile Home Facilities
20,00
Misc. Wiring
23.00
WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
1 declare under penalty of perjury (check one):
O This permit is for $100.00 (valuation) or less.
❑ 1 have placed on file with the County of Butte Dept. of Development Services,
Building Division a Certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance or a
Certificate of Consent to Self -insure.
O 1 shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Worker's
Compensation laws of California.
Notice to Applicant: If after making this statement, should you become subject to the
Worker's Compensation provisions of the Labor Code, you must forthwith comply with
such provisions or this permit will be revoked.
PERMIT FEE $
Contractor
MECHANICAL PERMIT
Filing Fee 20.00
Heating
Cooling
Hood
6.50
Ventilation E
PERMIT FEE S
Contractor
I certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct.
I agree to comply to all Butte County Ordinances and California State Laws relating to
building construction, and hereby authorize representatives of the County of Butte to
enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes.
1 also agree to save, indemnify and keep harmless the County of Butte against all
liabilities, judgments, costs, and expenses which may in any way accrue against said
County in consequence of the granting of this permit.
X Date
Signature of Applicant O Owner O Contractor O Agent
An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5"0" deep and demolition or
construction of structures over 3 stories in height.
Mobile Home Installation Fee $ Q
Energy Inspection Fee $
occ
CONST. TYPE
TOTAL FEE $
HAZ•
I D. FEES
I IMP
I FLOOD
CDF
PARCEL PD
HD
ISSUE
This permit is hereby issued under the applicable provisions
of the Butte County Code and/or Resolutions to do work
indicated above for which fees have been paid.
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
By Date
I PERM IT EXPIRES ON
!Deter
Receipt No. /!5- / �
WHITE-D.D.S.-B.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT
4•"^�nn�r4�,",'•,Y,x, -WY
or pj�l"T`*-!r°lr4v;',iTy'i�.'^7s»w,:+�r:`:✓.
BUTTE COUNTY•SCHOOLS IMPACT FEE CERTIFICATION FORM
(One Form Per Building)
School District 0 / 0 �I//z/ /-/S Building Department No.
A.P. Number041- 6 -Z/ 5 Jurisdiction 0 City County
Property Owner )0 D,+ �•�'/%�
Property Location/Address 316- jeC p rA P0619 0& Z
Subdivison Lot No.
Residential Development 0 0 Sq. Footage -4
No. of Living MHI Addition (Group R)
Units
Commercial/Industrial
New.
Sq. Footage
Addition (including Exterior
Roofed Areas)
Building Depart6dnt Representative Date
(Floor Plans reviewed by School District Personnel) ~�
District Identification No. Q 0060
SOY 4( W.I. i1J School Dihat
a l (Applicant) ) '
(9tree V,
(Phone Number) .
(City) (State) (Zip Code)
has complied with the requirements of Resolution No. ' by payment of $.
representing square feet.
School District Re resentative 'Date A
Paid by Check Number Remarks:
Bank Number � oa�
"-Paid-by CashA
j
l
If, subsequent to the School District Representative signing this Butte County Schools Impact Fee
Certification Form, the. School District is notified by the applicable Local Planning Agency that this project
is being reviewed under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), this.project may be subject to
_additional school fees to fully mitigate'its impact on the school district's schools.
White (applicant), Yellow (building department), Pink (school district) feeformmkf (4/92)•4;'' '-,•
BUTTE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS'
7 County Center' -Drive, Oroville, CA
PHONE: >538=7547.
MOBILEHOME INSTALLATION SHEET
1. Owner's Name: ?D to
2. Installer's Name:
3. Is the site currently under permit? Yes No
(If yes, furnish permit number �j) OR
Is the site an existing site? . Yes No x
(If yes, furnish two plot plans.)
4: Will the mobilehome beilocated at least 5 ft, away from septic tank and leach
fields and clear of all setbacks and easements? Yes No F
(If no, clarify
5. What is the mobilehome electrical rating? --------------- Amps
6. What is the mobilehome site service rating? -------------- - ® Amps
7. What is the mobilehome site circuit breaker rating? ----' � Amps
8. Isi there any other electric load to be served by the
mobilehome site service? -------------------------------- Yes No F
(If yes, identify the load and size i," (Load) (Amps)
9. What is the mobilehome site gas pipe size? ------------- (in.)
10. What is the type of gas service? -------- ---=------- Natural LPG
11. What is the gas pipe length from meter or tank to the
mobilehome?--------------------------------------------- (ft.)
12. What is the mobilehome gas demand? ---------------------- (BTU) ^
*(This information not required if pipe length less than 6 ft. on 9,3-33P1�
natural gas or less than 50' ft. on LPG.) gu�.T,E CTTE
�i4 DEPT
NEXT PAGE MUST BE COMPLETED TO' PROCESS PERMI5IKNWB=p,&WAA�Ki't��9�
l�PpROVED 416
MOBILEHOME SUPPORT DATA
,.
If other than single wide, `% /
Mob ilehome Mfr. � %Y� furnish Setup Model No. Year7/__
r
Width —(ft. ) Box Length�(ft. ) Tagalong or Expando Size_ft. x ft.
On all mobilehomes manufactured after October 7, 1973, furnish manufacturer's installation
manual and structural setup sheets (if not on file with the County of Butte).
FOOTINGS (check one)®1. Wood -pressure treated or foundation grade.a2. Other (specify)
SUPPORTS (check one)
®1. Concrete block.
1-12. Other (specify)
Pier Footing Sizes and Locations
SINGLE -WIDE
MULTI -WIDE
......ter.— -- — — — —• — — — s
Main Beams
Line 2
Line 1 Piers:
Size-Min-------------
Spacing-Max -
-----------
Spacing-Max. ---------
From Ends -Max. ------- '-
Line 2 Piers:
Size-Min.------------
Spacing-Max ----------
From Ends -Max .-------
Line 3 Roof Loads:
Size -Min -- -----------
Location (From Front)
Main Beams
-------,Line 4
Tag or Triple
Line 1
Line 1 Openings:
size -Min- ------------------ „x „
Each Side of Openings
With Width Over ---------
Line 3 Piers: (Under Bearing Wall Only)
Size -Min ------------------- „x „
Spacing -Max.---------------
From Ends -Max .-------------
Line 4 Piers:
Size -Min.------------
n
Spacing -Max. --------- ,
From Ends -Max.-------
Line 5 Roof Loads:
Size -Min. -----------
"X 11 "x "x " "x 11X N 11N 'SC
Size -Min.------------------
Spacing -Max.---------------
From Ends -Max --------------
Location (From Front)
--..
:.r
OFFICE COPY
Address `
GAS Date 1
Meter By
ELECTRIC Date
Meter By - --- -
V•:= OK
O = Not OK
Not
Not Ready.. '
= ' MOBILE HOMES
r.X Zg Tng Requirements -Setbacks -Easements
(Z o Is; Special MH Support Sketch
f Slewer; Location -Teat -Fall -C/O Concrete
Water; Location -Test -Easement Needed (Sketch)
i
Gas; Lo ation-Teat-Vyl: / /"L"tt. (/ {
"L"tt./ "LPG 1
learance & DI onnect
tility Clearance
Date/Initials MOSIkE HOME INSTALLATION Plans OK except #'a
ZopMg Requirements -Setbacks Easements
&z -E tangs; Size -Spacing -Marriage Line 1
Ga H Teat-Demand-Valve—Connector
lectricity; MH Test -Crossovers -Breakers -Clearances
/ ra1 ; MH Test -Fell -Flex Connector
LA;T*ater; MH Tes a o -Connector
4LAWkr and Sewer Connected -C/O to Grade -HD Approval
6 'Ge nd Electricity Tagged
. nsp.-Sketch
A9'—Cert. of Occupancy a
MISCELLANEOUS
Date/Initial DECKS, COVERS, CARPORTS, GARAGES, (Plans)OK except #'a
1. Zoning Requirements -Setbacks -Easements
2. Footings; Soils -Size -Depth -Spacing -Connectors -Steel
3. Decks; Griders and/or Joists -Decking -Bracing -Stairs -Rails
4. Wood Awn.; Posts-Beams-Rftrs.-Connectors
Shthg -Rfg -Bracing
5. Alum. Awn.; Columna -Connections -Splice -Decal -Enclosures
6. Carports; Windows -Doors
7. Electric
8. Frmg; Sils-Anchors-Studs-Rftrs-Truases
9. Siding; Nailing -Veneer -Stucco -Mesh
10. Roof; Shthg-Roofing
11. Ext.; Steps -Doors -Lendings
Date/Initials POOLS (Plana) OK except #'a
1. Setbacks -Easements
2. Soils; Compaction -Structure Stability
3. Pool Structure; Steel -Connections -Thickness
Dead Men -Lining
4. Elec.; Receptacles and Lighting, Distances-GFI
5. Elec.; Pool Lighting; 15 volts-GFI
6. Elec.;Enclosures; Conduit Entries -Terminals -Listed
7. Elec.; Bonding; Metal w/5' -Circulating Equip. -Heater
8. Elec.; Grounding; Equip. w/5' Circulating Equip. -Pool Lghtg.
Boxes-Enclosures-Panelboa rds-Ins. to Main in Conduit
9. Health Department Approval
10. Plumb.; Cir. Test -Water Supply Test
V=OK
O=Not OK
- = Not Applicable
= Not Ready
RESIDENTIAL (Single & Duplex)
Date/Initials UNDERFLOOR (Plans) OK except #'s
1. Zoning -Setbacks -Easements -Flood -Slope
2. Ftg., Main; Soils-Elec. Grnd.-/ P' Ftg. Depth
3. Ftg., Garage; Soils-Steel-Elec. Grnd.-/ /" Ftg. Depth
4. Ftg., Porches & Decks; Soils -Steel-/ /Ftg. Depth
5. Stemwalls, Main; Steel-Blockouts-Wrapped
6. Stemwalls, Garage; Steel-Blockouts-Wrapped
6a. Hold Downs and Special Anchors
7. Slab; Steel -Wrapped
8. Piers -Fireplace Ftg.-Steel
9. D.W.V.; Fall -Fitting -Test -2 Way C/O -Sewer Test
10. UF. Gas Pipe; Size -Anchors - yard gas piping: size -test
11. Water Pipe; Test -Anchor -Regulator -Service Test
12. Electric; Underground
13. Plenums & Ducts; Clearance -Material -Support -Ins.
14. Girders -Sills -Anchor Bolts -Joists -Vents -Cripples
15. Access & Ventilation
16. Insulation
Date/Initials PLUMBING (Permit) OK except #'s
16. Water Htr.; Vent -Access -Combustion Air -Baffle
17. Water Pipe; Test & Anchor -Nail Protection
18. D.W.V.; Test -Fittings & Anchor -Nail Protection
19. Shower Pan; Test, First Floor -Tub Access
20. Test Tub & Shower, Second Floor -Tub Access
21. Gas Pipe; Size & Anchors
Date/initials ELECTRICAL'(Permit) OK except #'a
22. Fixture -& Transformer Clearance -Ins. Protection
23. Elec. Receptacles Spacing -Lights & Switches at Doors
24. Size Boxes & No. of Cond uctore-Sta pled
25. Romex Installed Close to Edge of Studs & C.J.
26. Equip. Ground made up w/Mech. Fastners-Bond Gas & Water
27. 2 Appliance Circuts in Kitchen & Conductor Size/GFI
28. Subfeed Wire Size / / ga. Cu or AI-A.C. Wire Size / / ga.
Cu or Al
29. Range Circ. / / ga. Cu or AI -Oven Circ. / / ga. Cu or Al.
Insulated Neutral O Yes O No
30. Service -Riser Conductors & Ground -Main Disconnect
31. Equip. Clearances Panels -Motors -Mach. Equip.
32. Clothes Closet Light -Shower Light -Spa Light
33. Smoke Detector
_Date/Initials MECHANICAL (Permit) OK except #'s
34. A.C. Ducts Insulation & Support
35. Vent Fan; Exhaust above insulation
36. Condensate Drain & Overflow; Size & Grade
37. Furnance-Vent; Access -Comb. Air -Return Air Vent -115 outlet
38. Attic Access & Platform if Furnance in Attic
Date/Initials FRAMING (Plans) OK except #'s
39. Sils, Proper Material & Anchors
40. Walls Studs -Nailing, Spacing & Bracing -Plates -Sound
41. Bearing Walls over Girders & Floor Nailing
42. Draft Stop in Walls (rat proof)
43. Fire Stops; Furred Ceilings -Stairs -Chases -Tub
44. Headers & Beam -Size & Bearing
Date/Initials FRAMING (Continued)
45. Hangers -Post Caps -Anchors -Connectors
46. Cing. Joist-Rftr. ties- Puri in -roof Bmc-Truss-Shthng.-Rfng.
47. Fireplace Ties or Type A Flue -Fireplace Throat clearance
48. Attic Access; Size & Romex Protection -Draft Stop -Ins. Baffles
49. Bdrm. Windows or Exiting Doors -Sill Hgt. & Dimensions
50. Garage Fire Protection Framing
51. Property Line Firewall & Openings
52. Ext. Doors -One 3' -Check Garage -3rd Story, 2 Exits
53. Stairs; Width -Headroom -Rise -Run -Landing -Fire Protection
54. plywood on Roof Overhang -Attic Vents -Rafter Outriggers
55. Siding -Nailing Veneer
56. Stucco Mesh -Drip Screed -Fd. Vents-Underflr. Access
57. Glazing Area -Glass Protection-Skylights-Plestic
58. Shear Walls; Nailing -Bolts
59. Insulation -Walls -Ceilings
60. Infiltration -Walls -Windows
Date/Initials FINAL (Plans) OK except #'s
61. Ext. Steps -Door & Sidelight Protection -Landings
62. Smoke Detector
63. Furnace; Vents -Clearance -Comb. Air -Connector -
In Garage; Above Floor -Ducts -Mach. Protection
64. Bedroom Exiting
65. G.F.I. & Bath Fixtures & Tub Access -Spa
66. Elec. Trim & Subpanel; Breaker Sizes & Labels
67. Stairs & Rails
68. Fireplace or Stove; Clearances -Hearth
69. Elec. Outlets at Wood Panel; Int. & Ext.
70. Kit.Fixt. & Appliance; Grnd.-Air Gap -Cooking Clearance
71. Elec. Outlets & Receptacles at Kit. Counter
72. Garage Fire Door, Swing -Landing -Closer
73. A.C. Duct in Garage -Damper
74. Wtr. Htr.; Vents -Clearance -Comb. Air-Connector-P.R.V.
In Garage; Above Floor -Mach. Protection
75. Plb., Elec. & Mach. Equip. Listed for Location
76. Elec. Receptacles in Garage; (G.F.I.)-Romex Protection
77. Insulation -Foam -Looked in Attic O Yes
78. Guard Rails & Deck Construction -Post Caps
79. Fdn. Vents & Crawl Hole Door-Drainagge & Wood -Earth
Clearance Looked under Floor O Yes
80. Following instld.; Drive O Yes O No; Walks O Yes O No;
Planters O Yes O No
81. Stucco; Brown -Finish
82. A.C. Unit; Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing
83. Vents Above Roof; Plbg.-Appliance-Fireplace -Clearance to
Openings
84. Water Well; Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing
85. Exterior Elec. Trim; G.F.I. Receptacle -Underground
86. Ventilation Throughout House
87. Glass Protection
88. Corrections from Previous Inspections
89. Gas Test -Meters Tagged; Gas -Electric
90. Water & Sewer Connected -C/O to Grade -HD Approval
91. Energy Compliance Certificate -Other Certificates
Comments at Final:
COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVIC UILDING DIVISION
7 County Center Drive - Oroville, California 95x65 - Telepho a (916) 538-7541 PERMIT NO.
APPLICATION AND PERMIT
ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER
041-360-043
ZONING
U
BUILDING PERMIT
OWNER
Jody Settles
TELEPHONE
SQ. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION
OWNER'S MAILING ADDRESS _
3044 Olive Hwy-, v
CONTRACTOR'S NAME TELEPHONE
Ownpr
CONTRACTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS
NONE
Fireplace
CONSTRUCTION LENDER
None
UNKNOWN
Total Valuation Is
Filing Fee $
LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS
Permit Fee $
ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER
LICENSE NO.
Plan Checking Fee $
23.00
Energy Plan Checking Fee $
ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S MAILING ADDRESS
Penalty $
BUILDING ADDRESS
PERMIT FEE $
315 Red Tae Rd., Oroville
PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00
Each Trap 7.00
Solar or heat pump water heater
23.00
Water piping
15,00
LOT NO.
SUBDIVISION'S NAME
PARCEL MAP
Each gas water heater or vent
15.00
USE OF STRUCTURE
SF ❑ Duplex ElMobilehome 00 Other
SPECIFY
Gas piping system 1 5 outlets
15.00
Building sewer
15.00
Mobile Home S G 3
W
El
@20.00 60.00
I
TYPE OF WORK
New O Addition ❑ Remodel ElUtilities MInstallation ❑ Other ❑
Describe Work: MHU (2 Bedroom)
I
PERMIT FEE $ 80.00
Contractor
ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00
Main Service ( 10'00 OR LESS ) 1
23.00 23.00
Main Service ( 200A TO 1000A )
46.00
DWELLING OCCUP.
NEW CONST. DW8, )
OR ADONS. ( ACC. BLDS.
$ ,
3.50 FTO.
CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW(
I declare under penalty of perjury (check one)
❑ I am a licensed under provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3 of the Business and
Professions Code and my license is in full force and effect.
License No. Classification
' I, as the owner, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do
the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. (Sec 7044)
❑ I, as the owner, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors. (Sec 7044)
❑ 1 am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code
forthis reason
NEW CONST. MULTI -OUTLET
-NON-RESID. ( BRANCH CIRCUITS )
@7.50
POWER APPARATUS )
& SINGLE OUTLET CIR.
Ex. Occup. ( OUTLET OR FIXTURES )
20 @ 1.000
BA0
Ex. Occu p' ( FIXED APR OR
OUTLETS IRESIDSID.) EA. )
S.00• ,
Temporary Service
23.00
Mobile Home Facilities
20.00 0
Misc. Wiring
23.00
WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
I declare under penalty of perjury (check one):
❑ This permit is for $100.00 (valuation) or less.
❑ 1 have placed on file with the County of Butte Dept. of Development Services,
Building Division a Certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance or a
Certificate of Consent to Self -insure.
I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Worker's
Compensation laws of California.
Notice to Applicant: If after making this statement, should you become subject to the
Worker's Compensation provisions of the Labor Code, you must forthwith comply with
such provisions or this permit will be revoked.
PERMIT FEE $ 63.00
Contractor
MECHANICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00
Heating
Cooling
Hood 6.50
Ventilation
PERMIT FEE $
Contractor
I certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct.
1 agree to comply to all Butte County Ordinances and California State Laws relating to
building construction, and hereby authorize representatives of the County of Butte to
enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes.
I also agree to save, indemnify and keep harmless the County of Butte against all
liabilities, judgments, costs, and expenses which may in any way accrue against said
County in consequence of the granting of this permit.
X r,^0'7 �} Date T `,,? 19,?
Signature of Applicant -Owner ❑ Co actor 0 -Agent
An OSHA permit is req fired for excavations over 5"0" deep and demolition or
construction of structures over 3 stories in height.
Mobile Home Installation Fee $
Energy Inspection Fee $
ocC
CONST. TYPE
TOTAL FEE $ lfxE. 00
HAZ•
I D. FEES
I IMP
FLOOD
COFP�-^
PD
HD
ISSUE
This permit is hereby issued under the applicable provisions
of the Butte County Code and/or Resolutions to do work
indicated above for which fees have been paid.
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
By Date
PERMIT EXPIRES ON
(Dete—
Receipt No. 14RA14899()/�'�►�
WHITE-D.D.S.-B.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT
�."•,".."-�. I--YT.�,rtr.�,,,T•�v�•+7-✓R.. �"'`Kw`�n.�*"^`R•�.'`.a�'T`-'`'l �"i J,-.,.c....��r'i-.4.-•�r.+ +wnr'tr`�` •', _ , � , . ` r
4�.l+r.t...rK:nr�Pi.*yw�'1�,-e•�"�-,�`w,i,r„��+^' ��� ��� `` `'�„"'+r'�- � ;- I
( ` �\
-&
;' = �OUNTYOF BUTTE - DEPARTMENTOF MPUOElSE IC BUILDING DIVISION
7COUNTY CENTER DRIVE -OROVILLE�fAd ORNIA95965-TEL ; ONE(916)538-7541
PERMIT APPLICAT10"ATA SHEET
OWNER L ,
Proposed Building Use
A. P No T/ -34(0 -0",3
Building Inspector Date
At time of permit application, I was advised the following data must be submitted prior to permit processing and/or issuance:
DATE RECEIVED BY
1 All items ha a been submitted . ............ •k
2. Plot plans 4 sets, signed by preparer of plans. ..... * `
3,, Complete plans, 3/4 sets, signed by preparer of plans. ................. .
A. Engineered plans and calcs, 3/4 sets, with wet signature on plans. ... =w
5. Hazardous Material Form . .............. ..........................
6. Energy Design Compliance and supporting documentation . ..................
7. Statement of Intent for Non -Heated and A/C Buildings . ......................
8. Engineered truss details and layout in duplicate (required prior to plan check). ... .
9. Mobilehome data and manufacturer's installation instructions, 2 sets. ...........
10. Fees of $ ............................... .
11. Impact fees as shown on -attached schedule . ......................... .
12. California Department of Forestry plan approval/fees,,*,, D-1
13. Flood elevation letter (100 year flood) 6y Cali rnia Engineer. .. ::
14. Sanitation and plot plan approval ( ealth Department. ......
15. City of Chico plumbing permit . .........................................
16. Plot plan and business license approval from City of Biggs/Gridley. .............
17. Planning approval for (A) Use: (B) Parking:
18. Contact Land Development about (A) Improvements (B) Drainage. ......... .
19. Driveway permit (construction approval required prior to occupancy). .. ......
20. Pre -inspection for required. o Build g Inspection ctor (Date)
21. Contractor's license information. (No., Name Style, Classification) . ..............
22. Certificate of Workmans Compensation Insurance. ......... .
23. Owner -Builder Verification (Given to owner Mail to owner /
24. Recorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgement Statement. .. /
(40 25. Letter of signature authorization . ........................................
26. Copy of recorded deed of parcel creation and 60 right of way to a public road. .... .
27. Letter of intent on building use . .................... r.....................
28. Mobilehome utility clearance . .....................f... , .................
29. Documentation of legal access....................11..:..................a
30. Documentation of 50% subdivision developed or (A) Road improvements completed
and (B) Parcel meets zoning area and frontage requirements . ............... �w
31. Existing violations/expired permits. ...... .... ............ $�
32. Plan check list.
33.
34.
When you issue the permit, process as follows: Mail to owner. Mail to contractor.
_ Telephone _ nd hold for pickup at eor r) office. Deliver With inspector.
Other
Parcel Creation1164
(�
Acreage Applicant 434V -w? - ff�-a-�DateAPI
Copy of Haz-Mat form sent Health Dept. Fire Dept. Air Pollution Date
Copy of plans sent Health Dept. Fire Dept. Other Date By
The following data must be submitted
1. Index permit for above items No. _
2. Additional items required:
it issuance: (Circle new item not checked above).
Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of above required data by _ phonW�l 4 Counter byS ate,
Contractor, desi ner o er was advised of above re cared data by _ phone i mail' Counter by _ Date
Plans checked by Date Plans approved by Date
Sets of plans on hold in File cabinet AP folder
Copy - Department of Public Works
flet I'I:m Mmthud
Pleur flan Alaidwd _
Sunt In It. 1). � 1_
TO: Building Department
FROM: Environmental Health
SUBJECT: Sanitation Clearance
�— Owner
Locati(fn APIs
Plan Approved for: Sewage Disposal Water Supply:' Public Private Well
Clearance for Q)bedroom mobile home. Other 1
Hold Final for:
Final clearance O.K. for:
NOTE.
ion t I ox AV I a — - 1-5&�,
Environm tal Healti Specialist Date
8/92
1
COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION
7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE, OROVILLE CA 95965 - TELEPHONE (916) 538-7541
OWNER J-0 LI (yo ff /61 Is A.P. #
PROPOSED BUILDING USE/ DATE
REC-o- # DATE REC
1. SCHOOL DISTRICT FEES
(paid at District Office) .........................
2. SHERIFF FEES
(paid at Building Department)
Residential..... x =$
unit amt.
Commercial (sqft) x =$
sq.ft. amt.
3. URBAN AREA FEES
(paid at Building Department)
a•
Residential (per unit) x =$
# units amt.
Commercial (per sq.ft) x =$
sq.ft. amt.
4. RECREATION DISTRICT FEES
(paid at District Office) .........................
5. DRAINAGE DISTRICT FEES
(Contact Land Development Division) ..............
6. SRA FIRE INSPECTION.AND PLAN CHECK '= $89.00......
(paid at Building Department)
7. OTHER
A
8. OTHER
At time of permit application, I was advised the above fees are required to be paid
prior to issuance of the permit.
APPLICANT DATE
COUNTY.OF BUTTE
BUILDING DIVISION
DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
1469 Humboldt Road, Chico, CA - (916) 891-2751
- 7 County Center Drive, Oroville, CA - (916) 538-7541
747 Elliott Road, Paradise, CA - (916) 872-6307
CORRECTION NOTICE -
- 93-:33
OWNER E MIT NO.
A routine inspection indicates that the following violations of Butte County Ordinances exist at
the above address and should be corrected. Please notify this office when correction of work
is completed. If you have any questions pertaining to this matter, or need additional explanation,
please contact this office immediately.
Q>A'C✓- t4,41'A a .S i e, L2 -!i �' c�� 4:26 ic- G c ok ,rr
/
Date Inspector &UL
REV 10/9
y--� "�u�. 4YCFIF �'_�-•,1,•-:.4.. �":.i`..' �--Y.1ti�.:.-tet ...H.
COUNTY OF BUTTE
BUILDING DIVISION
DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
1469 Humboldt Road, Chico, CA - (916) 891-2751
7 County Center Drive, Oroville, CA - (916) 538-7541
747 Elliott Road, Paradise, CA -&(916) 872-6307
CORRECTION NOTICE
OWNER
-37-2-3
PERMIT NO.
A routine inspection indicates that the following violations of Butte County Ordinances exist at ; S
the above address and should be corrected. Please notify this office when correction of work
is completed. •11 you have any questions pertaining to this matter, or need additional explanation_,
please M ct t�hhiis office immediatt/-el/y. \n' / 4
41 /11
a
Date Inspector
InspectoV ,
r`s
REV 1 2
�.....r 111 l L ( �. ` l 1. c •• + � •. •• •• � + v i s �,r'a � .� � �•.•
Phcne•: 916-538-7541
f 1.
RE: Building Permit Application #93-3223' DATE:
A.P. # 041-360-043
With reference to the above subject:
October 12, 1993
Attached is:
Application for permit Mobilehone Utilities Installation Sheet
Building Plans _Mobilehane Installation Information Sheet
Engineered Calculations Typical Plan Sheet
Owner -Builder Verification Fm List of Codes Enforced
MX We need the following information prior to permit processing and/or issuance
Permit application signed and completed where indicated with all copies returned.
Plot plans, 3/4 sets, signed by preparer of plans.
Complete plans, 3/4 sets, signed by preparer of plans.
Engineered plans and calcs, 3/4 sets, with wet signature on plans.
Hazardous Material Form
Energy Design Compliance and supporting documentation.
Statement of Intent for Non -Heated and A/C Buildings.
Engineered truss details and layout in duplicate.
Mobilehcme data and manufacturer's installation instructions, 2 sets.
Fees of $ , payable to Butte County Treasurer.
Impact fees paid.
California Department of Forestry plan approval/fees.
Flood elevation letter (100 year flood) by California Engineer.
Sanitation and plot plan approval Health Department.
City. of Chico plumbing permit.
Plot plan and business license approval from City of Biggs/Gridley.
Planning approval for
Land Development (a) Improvements (b) Drainage.
Driveway permit (approval of construction required prior to occupancy).
Contractor's license information (No. Name Style, Class) or exemption statement.
Certificate of Workman Compensation Insurance.
Owner -Builder Verification Form.
Recorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgement Statement.
Letter of signature authorization.
Copy of recorded deed of parcel creation and 60' right of way to a public road.
Letter of intent on building use.
Mobilehane utility clearance.
Documentation of legal access.
Documentation of 50% subdivision developed or (a) Road improvements completed and
(b) Parcel meets zoning area and frontage requirements.
Existing violations/expired permits resolved.
Plan check list data and revisions.
sets of plans in accordance with changes marked in red.
XXX Recorded copy of deed showing 60 foot right of way to a county maintained road.
n Other:
Should you have any questions concerning the above, please contact Soott_Rutherford
of this office.
DP:ahb
Yours v ,
David Purvis
Manager, Building Inspection
APPROVED
Butte' County
i Environmental Health
&P�
Date
-- Sig tur
. -,93-042673 93-042673 93-042673
5.00
5.00
1011,
I
93 0426731
Rec Fee
I
Cash
Recorded
Official Records I
County - of I
Butte I
Candace J. Grubbs I
Recorder
1:11pm 1 -Oct -93 I
......... .
PURL
5.00
5.00
1011,
I
Return to Build(Mq DiV, AGRICULTURAL STATEMENT OF 4CRNOWLEDGEMENT
FOR RESIDENTIAL: DEVELOPMENT
Section 26-8.1 of the Butte County Code
requires this acknowledgement be recorded 9�
prior to issuance of a building permit. �0
The property described herein is adjacent
to land or included within an area zoned
for agricultural purposes, and -residents
1
of this property may, be subject to` incon-
veniences or discomfort arising from the
use of agricultural chemicals, including,
but not limited to herbicides, pesticides,
and fertilizers; and from the pursuit
of agricultural operations including)
but not limited to cultivation, plowing,
spraying, pruning, and harvesting which
occasionally generate dust, smoke, noise, and odor.
Butte County has established agricul-
tural zones which have as a priority use for productive
agricultural purposes, and residents
within said zones and on adjacent property should be
prepared to accept such inconvenience
or discomfort from normal,' necessary farm operations.
.
A11 'that neal-prapert y'. -situate Ah -the County of Butte, State of California, described as
follows: The West half of the East half of the West half of the South half
PARCEL 1 of the Northwest quarter of the Southeast quarter of Section 3,
.----- Township 20 North, Range 4 East, M.D.B. & M.
TOGETHER WITH a right of way for a road and public utility pur-
poses over a strip of land 60 feet in width lying Northerly of and
adjacent to the following described line:
BEGINNING at the Northeast corner of the Southwest quarter of the
Southeast quarter; running thence West along the North line
thereof, and along the North line of the South half of the South-
west quarter to a point on the East line of the Condor Road.
PARCEL 2; A right of way for road purposes over the Southerly 60 feet of the
Northeast quarter of the Southeast quarter of Section 4, lying
Easterly of the Oroville-Concow Road and a right of way for road
purposes over the South 60 feet of the Northwest quarter of the
Date:�3cY Southwest quarter of Section 3, all in Township 20 North, Range 4
9.3 East, M.D.B. & M.
,rh
State of l° - rn ° ca On this the 1 -(Tay of 190, before me, the
SS. undersigned Notary Public, pers pally appeared
County of
S
°.. w M. BRODERS
G¢' Comm. #990040, Personally known to me. Proved to me on the basis
0 �� NOTARY PUBLIC • CAL IF NI of satisfa or, idence.,
cG
Comm. Expires 1w -be the person(s) whose name(s)
cribed to the within instrument and acknowledged that,
executed the same for the purposes therein contained. IN WITNESS
WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.
Present A.P. No. -4 -- 3 tD��L � �
• Notary Public
HOMES .. LAND .. INCOME PROPERTIES RANCHES
SETTLES S REAL ESTATE REALTOR
3044 Olive Highway OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA 95965 Phone (916) 533-0211
�.x
k6lij
t6
tj�
COUNTY OF BUTTE - Department of Public Works
7 County Center Drive, Oroville, CA 95965 Phone: 916-538-7541
OWNER -BUILDER VERIFICATION
Attention Property Owner:
An 'owner -builder" building permit has been applied for in your name and bearing
your signature.
Please complete and return this information at your earliest opportunity to avoid
unnecessary delay in processing and issuing your building permit. No building permit
will be issued until this verification is received.
1. I personally plan to provide the major labor and materials for construction of
the proposed property improvement (yes or no)
2. I (have/have not) signed an application for a building permit
for the proposed work.
KI
I have contracted with the following person (firm) to provide the proposed
constru ion • �Q
Name -to
Address V City
Phone 1 Contractors License No.
4. I plan to provide portions of this work, but I have hired the following person
to coordinate, supervise, and provide the major work:
Name — :U n, �t = n �Y1tQQ
Address V City
Phone D Contractors License No.
5. I will provide some of the work but I have contracted (hired) the following
persons to provide the work indicated:
Name Address Phone Type of Work
Signed:
Property Owner
Social ecurit
Date'
NOTE: This Owner -Builder Verification is sent to you as required by Sections 19831 and
.19832 of the California Health and Safety Code.
This verification must be completed and returned to our office before we are per-
mitted to issue the permit.
9:3 - ��z�
3cc,.4plb
�o„NTr PRELIMINARY REPORT COMPLETE
TITLE t
PLANT
ESTABLISHED CountyTitle Company
77
Authorized agent for Fidelity National Title Insurance Company
PARADISE OFFICE: OROVILLE OFFICE: CHICO OFFICE:
6.102 Skyway. Paradise, CA 90969 P.O. Box 851 194 E. 6th Street. Chico, CA 95928
(916( 877.6268. 1909 Bird St., Oroville. CA 95965 (916) 343.3716
(916) 533.5.711
DIRECT ALL CORRESPONDENCE TO: Or ov i t le,/Vi rg i n is
SETTLES REAL ESTATE
3044 Olive Highway
Oroville, California 95966
Your No.
our No. 4 8 0 2 7 VL
Last insured: over 5 years
In response to the above referenced application for a policy of title insurance, BUTTE COUNTY TITLE COMPANY hereby
reports that it is prepared to issue, or cause to be issued, as of the date hereof, a policy or policies of title insurance describing the
land and the estate or interest therein hereinafter set forth, insuring against loss which may be sustained by reason of any defect,
lien or encumbrance not shown or referred to as an Exception below or not excluded from coverage pursuant to the Schedules,
Conditions and Stipulations of said policy form.
The Exceptions and exclusions from coverage of said policy or policies are set forth on the attached cover. Copies of the policy
forms should be read. They are available from the office which issued this report.
This report ( and any supplement hereto) is issued solely for the purpose of facilitating the issuance of a policy of title insurance
and no liability is assumed hereby. If it is desired that liability be assumed prior to the issuance of a policy of title insurance, a
Binder or Commitment should be requested. "
Dated at 8:00 a.m. on September 29, 1993
uthorized Signature
The estate or interest in the land hereinafter described or referred to covered by this Report is
A Fee together with a right of way as to Parcel 1; a right of way
as to Parcel 2, said rights of way, being more particularly describe
in dfscription.
Title to sai estate or interest at the date hereof is vested in:
JODY SETTLES, Trustee of the JODY SETTLES TRUST dated January 7, 199
The form of policy of title insurance contemplated by this report is:
❑ ALTA Loan Policy — (10/17/92) with ALTA Endorsement Form Coverage
CLTA Standard Coverage Policy —1990
❑ .Other "
At the date hereof exceptions to coverage in addition to the printed exceptions and exclusions contained in said policy form
would be as shown on the following pages.
GI -10288A 5193 - Granh4 lepuassans. Paradise, CA - 877.7430
. t
. 3cc 4plb
Order No. 48027VL
SUBJECT TO:
1. County and Special taxes for the fiscal year 1993-94,
including possible personal property tax, now a lien, but
not yet due or payable.
2. The lien of supplemental taxes, if any, assessed pursuant
to the provisions of Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
75) of the Revenue and Taxation Code of the State of
California.
3. Easement for powerline and appurtenances thereto granted
to Pacific Gas and Electric Company, a California cor-
poration recorded November 13, 1948 in Book 491 of Offi-
cial Records, at page 45, records of Butte County,
California. Affects Parcel 1.
4. Easement for road and public utility purposes,.as
granted to Dale F. Weeks, et ux, recorded September 14,
1962, in Book 1200 of Official Records, at page 348,
records of Butte County, California, and in subsequent
deeds of record. Affects Parcel 1.
5. Easement Agreement by and between LeRoy B. Stelbasky, et
al, recorded December 23, 1964 in Book 1351 of Official
Records, at page 462, records of Butte County, California.
Affects Parcel 1.
6. Parcel 2 described herein is subject to the following:
a) Easement for electric transmission line and appurtenances
thereto granted to Great Western Power Company, a cor-
poration recorded July 26, 1909 in Book 111 of Deeds, at
page 232, records of Butte County, California.
b) Easement for electric transmission line and appurtenances
thereto granted to Great Western Power Company of Califor-
nia recorded January 5, 1922 in Book 192 of Deeds, at page
222, records of Butte County, California.
c) Easement for line of towers and appurtenances thereto
granted to Pacific Gas and Electric Company, a California
corporation recorded November 23, 1956 in Book 856 of
Official Records, at page 306, records of Butte County,
California.
d) Easement for road purposes thereto granted to Dorothy E.
Larson recorded March 16, 1961 in Book 1302 of Official
Records, at page 113, records.of Butte County, California.
e) Easement for road purposes and appurtenances thereto
reserved by Barbara A. Minshall, recorded September 29,
1964 -in Book 1337 of Official Records, at page 647,
records of Butte County, California.
(continued)
3cc 4plb
Order No. 4802 -/
SUBJECT TO: (continued)
7, Terms and conditions of the
Vesting herein. '
8. possible community
interest of the spouse,
Vestee named herein. Judgments again<.:
Subject further to any. recorded Liens or
said spouse*
Special taxes for the fiscal year 1992-93•
NOTE: County and Sp $39.r r paid
First Installment $39,83, paid
Second installment CA 110-011
Ld 7,959; Ap No.
NOTE FOR INFORMATION: ' effective
California State renuireslthatutherB2�er� lnall showssan outOf
January 1► 1991, r 9 wherein the seller rice as
California real estate, of subject to the various provi-
state address, withhold 3 1/3subj the total sa es
California State Income Tax,
sions of the law as therein contained.
3cc 4plb
Order No. M2VVL
DESCRIPTION
All that certain real property situate in the County of Butte,
State of California, described as follows:
PARCEL 1•
The West half of the East half of the West half of the South half
of the Northwest quarter of the Southeast quarter of Section 3,
Township 20 North, Range 4 East, M.D.B. & M.
TOGETHER WITH a right of way for.a road and public utility pur-
poses over a strip of land 60 feet in width lying Northerly of and
adjacent to the following described line:
BEGINNING at the Northeast corner of the Southwest quarter of the
Southeast quarter; running thence West along the North line
thereof, and along the North line of the South half of the South-
west quarter to a point on the East line of the Condor Road.
D TDr L+r 7 .
A right of way for.road purposes over the Southerly 60 feet of the
Northeast quarter of the Southeast quarter of Section 4, lying
Easterly of the Oroville-Concow Road and a right of way for road
purposes over the South 60 feet of the Northwest quarter of the
Southwest quarter of Section 3, all in Township 20 North, Range 4
East, M.D.B. & M.
C. 2 e3
T. 20 N. R. 4 F. M.
�l M. R. //4 /NT.
5, -ring Volley Reservoir Site
\g 1 i 7 2 r �� .34 3 Ac 67 l
I
330 1 JJO 17.2 4c.. i
•+ I 31 42Ac 16
13.52Ac
I r 27. a Ac 69 I
/8.93 Ac.
i I i rI 49 6f 52 r8 loac
a 72� i 73 I 80 71
6v 50 1-
I I -
370 330 330 3301 1•47 46 !0 Ac,
4.63 7c 1-09
58 13.52 AC
10.73 A c 4B 45 /0 Ac. 20 Ac
4.63 A
1
ti I
.; 57 13.57Ac i 74 77 76 75
•' O
`5 � 41 44 81
1 9.27A� 42 43 35 Ac 1 II
59 13.52Ac I :, -s- -1 S,3s ?Sa -1 -770
iszo ,1 `26i i 27 32 U t
,rl-A I3.52Ac
63
IT 'PO Af
O -r 16'J 6J 7bS J Jb - -JJO- - - - - - - - -
., 1 X2703 r
gg 1o.11A1//91 :0.03 Ac 85 86 II 37 ! _
26.IS \ 41.r + I I
2 �� n 1 1?20 1 (64- /
90 p 91 4 92
:Af Tro. o4Ac ��
KEY LANE 6?4 93' _--X342.3! I,
IJb1
• 40 .c (8 4\ SII
0-� c 3;
r
RS 114, 92
copy of!;:r.Cra�:!y:+.c�rx'sw� span^b
:rCJVld:d 9r2,i3t~y P9 J'd .i IOC.3�ftty ::r.' ..:•�, i� 4
reyy2cf Keen rMd -:drv;
BufM Courcy TNsc C: ��.3r1� :,rr.zs no
. ..: 0.,) fDT 8ny :cse eca;; ink �+r : _.:�cn ct reli_:._t• ,n. r�•,ti�.
Ia
EXHIBIT A
AMERICAN LAND TITLE ASSOCIATION
RESIDENTIAL TITLE INSURANCE POLICY (64-87) EXCLUSIONS
In addition to the Exceptions in Schedule B, you are not insured against loss, costs, attorney's
fees and expenses resulting from:
1. Governmental policy power, and the existence ovviolation of any law or government
regulation. This includes building and zoning ordinances and also laws and regulations
concerning:
• land use
• improvements on the land
• land division
• environmental protection
This exclusion does not apply to violations or the enforcement of these matters which
appear in the public records at policy date.
This exclusion does not limit the zoning coverage described in items 12 and 13 of Covered
Title Risks.
2. The right to take the land by condemning it, unless:
• a notice of exercising the right appears in the public records on the Policy Date
• the taking happened prior to the Policy Date and is binding on you if you bought
the land without knowledge of the taking.
3. Title Risks:
• that are created, allowed, or agreed to by you
• that are known to you, but not to us, on the Policy Date - unless they appeare
in the public records
• that result is no loss to you
• that first affect your title after the Policy Date - this does not limit the labor ar
material lien coverage in Item 8 of Covered Title Risks
4. Failure to pay value for your title.
5. Lack of a right:
• to any land outside the area specifically described and referred to in Item 3 c -
Schedule A
or
• in streets, alleys„ or waterways that touch your land.
This exclusion does not limit the access coverage in Item 5 of Covered Title Risks.
SCHEDULE B
EXCEPTIONS
In addition to the Exclusions, you are not insured againnst loss, costs, attorney's fees, and
the expenses resulting from:
1. Any rights, interests, or claims of parties in possession of the land not shown by the
public records.
2. Any easements or liens not shown by the public records. This does not limit the lien
coverage in Item 8 of Covered Title Risks.
3. Any facts about the land which a correct survey would disclose and which are not shop+r
by the public records. This does not limit the forced removal coverage in Item 12 o:
Covered Title Risks.
4. Any water rights or claims or title to water in or under the land, whether or not shoe
by the public records.
CALIFORNIA LAND TITLE ASSOCIATION STANDARD COVERAGE POLICY - 1990
EXCLUSIONS FROM COVERAGE
The following matters are expressly excluded from the coverage of this policy and the
Company will not pay loss or damage, costs, attorney's fees or expenses which arise by reason of:
1. (a) Any law, ordinance or governmental regulation (including but not limited to building
and zoning laws, ordinances, or regulations) restricting, prohibiting or relating to (i)
the occupancy, use, or enjoyment of the land; (ii) the character, dimensions or location
of any improvement now or hereafter erected on the land; (iii) a separation in ownership
or a change in the dimensions or area of the land or any parcel of which the land
is or was a part; or (iv) environmental protection, or the effect of any violation of these
laws, enforcement thereof or a notice of a defect, lien or encumbrance resulting from
a violation or alleged violation affecting the land has been recorded in the public records
at Date of Policy.
(b) Any governmental police power not excluded by (a) above, except to the extent that
a notice of the exercise thereof or a notice of a defect, lien or encumbrance resulting
from a violation, or alleged violation affecting the land has been recorded in the public
records at Date of Polity.
2. Rights of eminent domain unless notice of the exercise thereof has been recorded in
the public records at Date of Policy, but not excluding from coverage any taking, which
has occured prior to Date of Policy which would be binding on the rights of a purchaser
for value without knowledge.
3. Defects, liens, encumbrances, adverse claims, or other matters:
(a) created, suffered, assumed or agreed to by the insured claimant:
(b) not known to the Company, not recorded in the public records at Date of Polio.
but known to the insured claimant and not disclosed in writing to the Company b\
the insured claimant prior to the date the insured claimant became an insured unde,
this policy:
(c) resulting in no loss or damage to the insured claimant;
(d) attaching or created subsequent to Date of Policy, or
(e) resulting in loss or damage which would not have been sustained if the insurec:
claimant had paid value for the estate or interest insured by this policy.
4. Unenforceability of the lien of the insured mortgage because of the inability or failure
of the insured at Date of Policy, or the inability or failure of any subsequent owner of
the indebtedness, to comply with the applicable doing business laws of the state in
which the land is situated.
5. Invalidity or unenforceability of the lien of the insured mortgage, or claim thereof, which
arises out of the transaction evidenced by the insured mortgage and is based upon usun
or any consumer credit protection or truth in lending law..
6. Any claim, which arises out of the transaction vesting in the insured the estate or interest
insured by this policy or the transaction creating the interest of the insured lender, b\
reason of the operation of federal bankruptcy, state insolvency, or similar creditors right:
laws.
SCHEDULE B
EXCEPTIONS FROM COVERAGE
This policy does not insure against loss or damage (and the Company will not pay costs, attorneys fees or expenses) which arise by reason of:
PART 1
1. Taxes or assessments which are not shown as existing liens by the records of any taxing
authority that levies taxes or assessments on real property or by the public records.
Proceedings by a public agency which may result in taxes or assessments, or notices
of such proceedings, whether or not shown by the records of such agency or by the
public records.
2. Any facts, rights, interests or claims which are not shown by the public records but
which could be ascertained by an inspection of the land or which may be asserted
by persons in possession thereof.
FNTIC Form No. 089-92A (Printed 1/93)
Preliminary Report Exhibit A
3. Easements, liens or encumbrances, or claims thereof, which are not shown by the public
records.
4. Discrepancies, conflicts in boundary lines, shortage in area, encroachments, or any other
facts which a correct survey would disclose, and which are not shown by the public records.
5. (a) Unpatented mining claims; (b) reservations or exceptions in patents or in Acts
authorizing the issuance thereof; (c) water rights, claims or title to water, whether or
not the matters excepted under (a), (b), or (c) are shown by the public records.
3 f�
a
a
as speoib
by C.D.F.
J Fire Sate
s must be com
and approved
AL UC
VER ANIUKES AND.
S HALL 6E�U'PMENT ON
„�-, OF ALL C.UDIRlq
�, SACK op _ EASEMENTS.
F.-Ppyi1; T€ -#E ,SIDE AND
'r
'��• y;.. •• {. f= 1+ .`i,%! e''i.. a i 5 S S.,.1i, `s ,; �'i ('� F d C.l7 G'tiJ �'1 ND
�I- S l il.:4") ",� ' , �.r�L�s�dE Sfi
AND ECUlp&,. 1' .ALL BE
DyERNANG. EXCEPT
NOTE -.—All Materials & Workmanship Shall Be in
Accordance with Recognised Goad Practices ari'
of a quality prescribed for the Specified use in
do
Uniform Building, Plumbing &Mechanical Codes aaa
th National Electrical Codo.
.his set of plans and specifications MUST be
ke on the job at all ti a and it is unlawful to
ma a any changes or alters ions on some without
J� 'ri en permission from he eparFment of Public
A permit wiltbe required for the
installation of the mobitehome,
PREVIEWED BY
BUTTE CO. FIRE DEPT.
CALIF. DEPT. of FORESTRY
❑ approved as submitted
kapproved with conditions
per attached he t.5 jj
10 /t e
ature
FlGE
Jda5
L� •
JIL
Cl
1 17 s
APPROVED O
Butte County, i
Environmental Health
Date
LOU, ---
Signa re
6
4
ao
riu,
pn I f t, f C,'3
vvoxmu tr
00-
?,3jmom
/ - 36 L�3
AP #
CDF FIRE SAFE REQUIREMENTS
413 3 S-�c6_S, `1E)'OY
PERMIT # NAME'
Under authority of PRC 4290, the following checked items are required
by the Butte County Fire Department and are made a part of this
permit. These requirements are minimums and will be superseded by
Butte County local regulations which equal or exceed these standards.
Field inspections will be made by the Butte County Building Department
for compliance.
01 1272.00 Maintenance of Defensible Space. To ensure continued
maintenance of properties in conformance with these
standards and measures and to assure continued avail-
ability, access and utilization of the defensible space
provided for in these standards, annual maintenance must
be provided for by the land owner.
Driveway Standards
[ 1273.02 Surface. All driveway surfaces and structures (bridges,
1273.07 culverts and other appurtenant structures which supple-
ment the roadway be�<;or;`;-.shoulders) shall provide unob-
structed acc-ess_:---tz�.v;conventional drive vehicles, includ-
ing sedans and f"ire..: apparatus weighing up to 40,000
pounds.
[ 1273.03 Grade. Not to exceed 16 percent unless paved.
Pagel of 3
1273.04
Driveway Radius.
1. No roadway shall have a horizontal inside radius of
curvature of less than 50 feet and additional sur-
face width of 4 feet shall be added to curves of 50-
100 feet radius; 2 feet to those from 100-200 feet.
[
2. The length of —, -ta_-cal curves...in roadways exclusive
of gutters, dito"...es :and. drainage structures designed
to hold or divert water shall -be not less than 100
feet.
]
1273.05
Turnarounds. If required, will have a minimum turning
'\
radius of 40 feet from center of the road.
1273.06
Turnouts. Shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide and 30
feet long with a minimum 25 foot taper on each end.
1270.10
Width. All driveways shall provide a minimum 10 foot
traffic lane and unobstructed vertical clearance of 15
feet along its entire length.
Pagel of 3
AP # PERMIT # NAME
(X 1273.10 Turnouts. Driveways exceeding 150 feet in length, but
/\ less than 800 feet in length, shall provide a turnout
near the midpoint of the driveway. Where a driveway
exceeds 800 feet, turnouts shall be provided no 'more
than 400 feet apart..
(�1 1273.10 Turnaround. A turnaround shall be provided at all
building sites on driveways over 300 feet in length and
shall be within 50 feet of the building.
1273.11 Gates
[ 1. Gate entrances shall be at least two feet wider than
\ the roadway it serves.
[Q 2. The gates must be located at least 30 feet from the
roadway and shall open to allow a vehicle to stop
without obstructing traffic on that roadway.
[ ] 3. Where a one-way road with a single traffic lane
provides entrancA; 'a- 50 foot turning radius shall be
used.
Fuel Modification
1276.01 Setback for Structure Defensible Space.
Y\' 1. All parcels 1 acre and larger shall provide a mini-
mum 30 foot setback for buildings and accessory
buildings from all property lines and/or the center
of the road.
2. For parcels less than 1 acre, local jurisdiction
shall provide for the same practical effect. See
Other Requirements below.
[ 1276.02 Disposal of Vegetation and Fuels. Disposal, including
chipping, burying, burning or removal to a landfill site
approved by the local jurisdiction, of flammable
vegetation and ...f:u-e1Q" .caused by site development and
construction, road,'and driveway construction and fuel
modification shall be completed prior to completion of
road construction or final inspection of a building
permit.
Page 2 of 3
L/1_ 3 6 - K3
AP #
�3-3'223
PERMIT #
Other Requirements
[ I. If Building Setback is 15 to 30 Feet:
- Class A or B roof
- Enclosed eaves .
NAME
[ ] If Building Setback is Less Than 15 Feet
Choose any 3 of the following:
- Metal doors on side toward property line with insufficient
setback
- Class A or B roof with enclosed eaves
- Interior automatic sprinkler system per NFPA 13D
- Glass area not to exceed 10% of wall area toward property
line with insufficient setback
- Siding from the following list:
Stucco - 3 coat
Hardi-Board or Plank
Masonry
Masonry veneer
Metal
Other Butte County Fire Department approved materials
Date Signature
AP # Y-3
OWNER �• SPi!/SP��
PERMIT
MH UT IL . CLEARANCE DATE
INSPECTOR
ELECTRIC
GAS
Support
Struc.
Compaction
Test Re .
service
size
Other
Load
'Tvpe
Pipe
Size
Lenjzth
YES NO
YES NO
LPG
��
3b